ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS INC/OK
SB-2, 1998-03-11
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: HAWK MARINE POWER INC, 10QSB, 1998-03-11
Next: POOL ENERGY SERVICES CO, 8-K, 1998-03-11



<PAGE>

     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 1998
                                                      Registration No. 333-

                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D. C. 20549
                          ------------------------
                                FORM SB-2
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                 UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                          ------------------------
                      ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

        OKLAHOMA                           7319                73-1323256
(State or other jurisdiction   (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
  of incorporation or           Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)
     organization)

2601 NORTHWEST EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 1210W     JOHN W. HAIL, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
  OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLAHOMA 73112-7293         ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
          (405) 842-0131                  2601 NORTHWEST EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 1210W
                                             OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLAHOMA 73112-7293
(Address and telephone number,                         (405) 842-0131
including area code, of registrant's       (Name, address and telephone number,
  principal executive offices)                     of agent for service)   
                            ------------------------
                                   Copies To:

                               MICHAEL E. DUNN, ESQ.
                              DUNN SWAN & CUNNINGHAM
                                2800 OKLAHOMA TOWER
                                  210 PARK AVENUE
                        OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLAHOMA 73102-5604
                             TELEPHONE: (405) 235-8318
                             FACSIMILE: (405) 235-9605

                             ------------------------

          APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

                             ------------------------

                          CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                    AMOUNT TO BE    OFFERING PRICE    MAXIMUM AGGREGATE        AMOUNT OF
         TO BE REGISTERED                             REGISTERED      PER SHARE(1)     OFFERING PRICE(1)   REGISTRATION FEE(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>               <C>                 <C>
Stock Purchase Plan Participation Interests.......   5,000,000       $1.00             $5,000,000                $1,475
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.............................................                                     $5,000,000                $1,475
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) The offering price is based a minimum of $1.00 increment contributions to 
    the Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1998 Distributor Stock Purchase Plan.

                           ------------------------

            THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH 
DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE 
REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION 
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING 
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

<PAGE>

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY 
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR 
THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALES OF THESE 
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE 
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF 
ANY SUCH STATE.

<PAGE>

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 11, 1998                           PROSPECTUS

                     ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.

                     5,000,000 PARTICIPATION INTERESTS

                   ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC. 1998
                       DISTRIBUTOR STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (the "Company") hereby offers 
5,000,000 interests ("Participation Interests") in the Advantage Marketing 
Systems, Inc. Distributor Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") to the 
distributors of the Company's products and services ("Eligible Persons"). An 
Eligible Person electing to participate in the Plan (a "Participant") will be 
entitled through purchase of the Participation Interests to purchase in the 
open market through the Plan shares of Common Stock, $.0001 par value per 
share (the "Common Stock"), previously issued by the Company. The 
Participation Interests are non-transferrable; therefore, a market for the 
Participation Interests will not develop. The proceeds from sale of the 
Participation Interests will become the Participants' contributions to the 
Plan which will be used to purchase the Common Stock. Other than an annual 
service fee of $5.00 per Participant and a transaction fee of $1.25 per 
month, the Company will not receive any proceeds from the purchase of the 
Common Stock by the Plan. See "Description of Plan." The offering price of 
each Participation Interest is $1.00, and each Eligible Person is required 
initially to purchase a minimum of twenty-five Participation Interests upon 
electing to participate in the Plan.

     The Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the 
symbol "AMSO" and is listed on the Boston Stock Exchange and traded under the 
symbol "AMM." On March 6, 1998, the closing sale price of the Common Stock on 
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market was $2.81. The public offering price of the 
Participation Interests has been determined by the Company. See "Plan of 
Distribution."

                        ------------------------

      THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. 
             SEE "RISK FACTORS," BEGINNING AT PAGE 9.

                         ------------------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
           PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
               REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       UNDERWRITING
                                                          PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND   PROCEEDS TO
                                                           PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS    COMPANY(1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                <C>        <C>
Per Participation Interest............................     $1.00            $--           $1.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.................................................   $5,000,000         $--        $5,000,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1)  Before deducting offering expenses payable by the Company estimated
     to be $90,000. The Proceeds to Company will be contributed to the
     Plan for the account of the Participants to be used to pay the
     Company certain fees and for the purchase of Common Stock in the
     open market. See "Use of Proceeds."

                  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS               , 1998.

<PAGE>

             CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

     Certain statements under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Use of 
Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this Prospectus 
constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Certain, but not necessarily all, of such 
forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking 
terminology such as "anticipates," "believes," "expects," "may," "will," or 
"should" or other variations thereon, or by discussions of strategies that 
involve risks and uncertainties. The actual results of the Company or 
industry results may be materially different from any future results 
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could 
cause actual results to differ materially include general economic and 
business conditions; the ability of the Company to implement its business and 
acquisition strategies; changes in the network marketing industry and changes 
in consumer preferences; competition; availability of key personnel; 
increasing operating costs; unsuccessful advertising and promotional efforts; 
changes in brand awareness; acceptance of new product offerings; and changes 
in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations (especially food 
and drug laws and regulations); the ability of the Company to obtain 
financing for future acquisitions; and other factors. See "Risk Factors."

            Chambre-Registered Trademark-, Spark of Life-Registered 
Trademark-, Young at Heart-Registered Trademark-, Co-Clenz-Registered 
Trademark-, Stay 'N Shape-Registered Trademark- and Sine-eze-Registered 
Trademark- are registered trademarks of the Company, and Choc-Quilizer-TM- is 
a trademark of Tinos, L.L.C.

                                   -2-

<PAGE>
                             PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED 
INFORMATION AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING 
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER 
THE INFORMATION SET FORTH IN "RISK FACTORS." ALL REFERENCES IN THIS 
PROSPECTUS TO FISCAL YEARS ARE TO THE COMPANY'S FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31 
OF EACH YEAR. EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 11, 1995, ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC. 
(FORMERLY PACIFIC COAST INTERNATIONAL, INC.), A DELAWARE CORPORATION AND THE 
FORMER PARENT OF THE COMPANY, MERGED WITH THE COMPANY. THE COMPANY, AN 
OKLAHOMA CORPORATION WHICH SUBSEQUENTLY CHANGED ITS NAME FROM "AMS, INC." TO 
"ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.," WAS THE SURVIVING CORPORATION. THE 
COMPANY EXPANDED ITS NETWORK MARKETING ORGANIZATION WITH THE ACQUISITION OF 
MIRACLE MOUNTAIN INTERNATIONAL, INC. ON MAY 31, 1996 (THE "MMI ACQUISITION"), 
CHAMBRE INTERNATIONAL, INC. ON JANUARY 31, 1997 (THE "CII ACQUISITION"), AND 
THE ACQUISITION OF THE ASSETS OF STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC., SOLUTION 
PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL, INC., NATION OF WINNERS, INC., AND NOW INTERNATIONAL, 
INC. ON APRIL 16, 1997 (THE "SNSI ASSET PURCHASE"). SEE "MANAGEMENT'S 
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS--GENERAL." UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL REFERENCES TO THE 
COMPANY INCLUDE ITS FORMER PARENT, ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC. AND ITS 
CURRENT SUBSIDIARIES. FURTHERMORE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE 
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS REFLECTS A ONE-FOR-EIGHT REVERSE 
SPLIT OF THE COMPANY'S ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING COMMON STOCK ON OCTOBER 29, 
1996, AND ASSUMES THAT (i) THE OUTSTANDING STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS OF THE 
COMPANY EXERCISABLE FOR THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK ARE NOT EXERCISED AND 
(ii) NO ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WILL BE ISSUED IN CONNECTION WITH 
THE SNSI ASSET PURCHASE.

                              THE COMPANY

     Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (the "Company") markets weight 
management, dietary supplement and personal care products through a network 
marketing organization in which independent distributors purchase products 
for resale to retail customers as well as for their own personal use. The 
number of the Company's active distributors has increased from approximately 
8,100 at December 31, 1995, and 10,600 at December 31, 1996 to approximately 
20,600 at September 30, 1997. An "active" distributor is one who purchased 
$50 or more of the Company's products within the preceding 12 months.

     The distributors in the Company's network actively recruit interested 
people to become new distributors to market the Company's products. New 
distributors are placed beneath the recruiting distributor in the "network" 
and are referred to by the Company as being in that distributor's "downline" 
organization. The Company's marketing plan is designed to provide incentives 
for distributors to build, maintain and motivate an organization of recruited 
distributors in their downline organization to maximize their earning 
potential. Distributors earn bonuses on product purchases generated by the 
distributors in their downline organization. Distributors also generate 
income by purchasing the Company's products at wholesale prices and reselling 
them at retail prices. See "Business--Network Marketing."

     The Company's growth strategy is to expand its product offerings and its 
network of independent distributors to increase sales. The Company believes 
that the introduction of new products addresses the demand of its customers, 
creates enthusiasm among distributors, serves as a promotional tool in 
selling other products, and attracts new distributors. Since 1995, the 
Company has added nine new weight management and dietary supplement products 
to its product line, and, through the CII Acquisition, the Company added 68 
personal care and six dietary supplement products. See "Risk 
Factors--Dependance on AM-300." Through the SNSI Asset Purchase which was 
consummated on April 16, 1997, the Company added 38 weight management and 
dietary supplement products and one personal care product to its product 
line. In connection with the MMI Acquisition, the CII Acquisition and the 
SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company also acquired 1,690, 2,100 and 3,000 
additional distributors, respectively. See "Management's Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General" and 
"Business--Growth Strategy."

     As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company's product line consists 
primarily of (i) seven weight management products, (ii) 32 dietary supplement 
products and (iii) 66 personal care products consisting primarily of cosmetic 
and skin care products. See "Business--Products." The Company's products are 
manufactured pursuant to its own formulations by various manufacturers and 
are sold to the Company's independent distributors located in 

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The Company also sells its 
personal care products to distributors in Greece who do not use the Company's 
network marketing system. See "Business--Products."

     The Company markets products that it believes will fulfill the needs of 
its distributors and their customers, and assist its distributors in building 
their own distributor organization. The Company offers individuals the 
opportunity to start a home-based business without the significant start-up 
costs and other difficulties usually associated with new business ventures. 
The Company provides new product development, marketing tools, support 
services, product warehousing, distribution and essential record-keeping 
functions for its distributors. The Company also provides other support 
programs to its distributors, including regular teleconferences, regional 
seminars, and product and sales training.

     The Company's principal executive offices are located at 2601 Northwest 
Expressway, Suite 1210W, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73112-7293 and its telephone 
number is (405) 842-0131. The Company's site on the World Wide Web on the 
Internet is located at http:www.amsonline.com.

                                 THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Securities Offered................    5,000,000 Participation Interests. See "Description of  the Plan."

Common Stock outstanding..........    4,249,383 shares as of the date of this Prospectus, assuming no
                                      exercise of the Company's 1,495,000 Redeemable Common Stock
                                      Purchase Warrants, 130,000 warrants (each exercisable for the
                                      purchase of one share of Common Stock and one Redeemable
                                      Common Stock Purchase Warrant which is also exercisable for  the
                                      purchase of one share of Common Stock) sold to certain
                                      underwriters of the Company's recent stock offerings (the
                                      "Underwriters' Warrants"), 337,211 outstanding 1997-A Warrants,
                                      1,439,583 outstanding stock options and other warrants (see
                                      "Description of Securities--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
                                      Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants" and "--Other Options and
                                      Warrants"), and does not include 1,125,000 shares of Common
                                      Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the Advantage Marketing
                                      Systems, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan")
                                      under which options granted for the purchase of 173,850 shares are
                                      outstanding (see "Management--Stock Option Plan"), and
                                      additional shares of Common Stock that may be issued in
                                      connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase (see "Management's
                                      Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                      Operations--General--SNSI Asset Purchase").  As of the date of
                                      this Prospectus, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
                                      that may be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options and
                                      warrants is 3,705,644.  See "Risk Factors--Outstanding Stock
                                      Options and Warrants."

Estimated net proceeds............    $5,000,000 assuming sale of the Participation Interests in full.
                                      Estimated offering expenses of $90,000 will be paid by the
                                      Company and will not reduce the Participants' contributions to the
                                      Plan.  However, the Company will receive from the estimated net
                                      proceeds annual service fees of $5.00 per Participant (the "Annual
                                      Service Fees") and monthly transaction fees of $1.25 per
                                      Participant (the "Transaction Fees") from which the Company may
                                      recoup the estimated offering expenses at least in part.  See "Use of
                                      Proceeds" and "Description of Plan."

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

Use of proceeds.....................  The proceeds received by the Company from this offering will be
                                      contributed to the Plan for the accounts of the Participants to be
                                      used to pay the Company the Annual Service Fees and Transaction
                                      Fees of $5.00 and $1.25 per Participant, respectively, and for the
                                      purchase of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock
                                      in the open market.  The Annual Service Fees and monthly
                                      Transaction Fees to be received by the Company will be used to
                                      reimburse the Company for the offering expenses of this offering
                                      and cost of administering the Plan. See "Use of Proceeds."

Nasdaq SmallCap symbol..............  Common Stock................................................... AMSO
Boston Exchange symbol..............  Common Stock...................................................  AMM

</TABLE>
                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                   SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING INFORMATION

            The following table sets forth summary historical financial and
operating information of the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, and the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1997. See
"Selected Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The financial and operating
information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 is derived
from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The financial and operating information for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1997, is derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position and results of operations of the Company
for the unaudited interim periods. The following information should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes
thereto of the Company, and other information relating to the Company presented
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statements of operations data for any
particular period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations
for any future period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            -------------------------------       --------------------------------
                                                                 1995                1996             1996                1997
                                                            ------------        ------------      -----------          -----------
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>               <C>                <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales.............................................        $4,492,668         $6,129,916        $4,439,042          $ 7,635,321
Gross profit..........................................         1,341,927          1,598,338         1,435,400            2,162,502
Income from operations................................           247,171            302,258           287,506              204,747
Income before income taxes............................           249,708            325,544           287,654              213,860
Tax benefit (expense).................................                --            499,613           443,149              (81,377)
Net income............................................        $  249,708         $  825,157        $  730,803          $   132,483

Weighted average common
   shares outstanding(1)..............................         2,662,681          3,770,874         3,176,000            3,457,135
Net income per common share...........................        $     0.09         $     0.29        $     0.23          $      0.04
OPERATING DATA:
Number of active distributors.........................             8,100             10,600             8,800               20,600
Sales per active distributor(2).......................               $46                $48               $59                  $48
Total number of products offered(3)...................                16                 28                24                  105

CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided (used) by operating  activities.....        $  360,845           $426,421          $310,375          $  (217,277)
Net cash provided (used) by investing  activities.....           (70,388)          (136,937)         (137,594)          (1,553,469)
Net cash provided (used) by financing  activities.....          (178,370)          (232,002)         (166,903)           1,958,229

<CAPTION>

                                                                      DECEMBER 31,                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                              ----------------------------        ---------------------------------
                                                                1995               1996               ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED(1)(4)
                                                              ----------        -----------        -----------     -----------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Current assets........................................         $283,341         $   655,243         $1,614,251         $ 6,944,251
Working capital (deficiency)..........................         (170,734)             16,353            528,392           5,858,392
Total assets..........................................          532,996           1,790,341          5,308,080          10,638,080
Short-term debt.......................................          111,048              76,204            133,598             133,598
Long-term debt........................................          104,149             230,022            329,819             329,819
Stockholders' equity (deficiency).....................          (25,228)            921,429          3,892,402           9,222,402
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1)  Without giving effect to and assuming no exercise of the 1,495,000
     outstanding Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants, 130,000
     Underwriters' Warrants, the 337,211 outstanding 1997-A Warrants,
     1,439,583 outstanding stock options and other warrants (see
     "Description of Securities--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
     Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants" and "--Other Options and Warrants"),
     and does not include 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
     issuance under the Stock Option Plan

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

     under which options granted for the purchase of 173,850 shares are
     outstanding (see "Management--Stock Option Plan"), and additional 
     shares of Common Stock that may be issued in connection with the 
     SNSI Asset Purchase (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General--SNSI Asset
     Purchase").
(2)  Monthly sales per active distributor for the period presented is 
     computed using a simple average.
(3)  Exclusive of variations in product size, colors or similar 
     variations of the Company's basic product line.

(4)  Adjusted to reflect the sale on November 12, 1997, of 1,495,000 units, 
     each consisting of one share of Common Stock and one Redeemable Common
     Stock Purchase Warrant (the "Units"), and the receipt by the Company of net
     proceeds of $6,050,000. Accumulated offering costs of approximately
     $720,000 were charged against the proceeds of the offering.

                                      -7-

<PAGE>



               SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

            Set forth below is selected unaudited pro forma consolidated
information of the Company, assuming that the SNSI Asset Purchase occurred at
the beginning of each period for which results of operations are presented. The
information presented below is derived from, and should be read in conjunction
with, the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the combined
financial statements of Stay 'N Shape International, Inc., Now International,
Inc., Solution Products, Inc. and Nation of Winners, Inc., and the unaudited pro
forma consolidated information of the Company, all presented elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated information is presented for
illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of
operations that would have been achieved if the SNSI Asset Purchase had been
consummated in accordance with the assumptions set forth in the notes to the
unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations of the Company, nor is
it necessarily indicative of future operating results. See the Unaudited Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Statements of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc.
(formerly AMS, Inc.) appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PRO FORMA COMBINED
                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                                 FOR THE          FOR THE NINE
                                                               YEAR ENDED        MONTHS ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1996              1997(2)
                                                            ------------------   -------------
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales.....................................                  $8,506,938          $8,218,782
Gross profit..................................                   2,477,549           2,432,714
Net Income....................................                     711,006             137,858
Weighted average common shares
  outstanding(1)..............................                   3,896,874           5,053,883
Net income per common share...................                  $     0.25          $     0.03
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1)         Without giving effect to and assuming no exercise of the 1,495,000
            outstanding Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants, 130,000 
            Underwriters' Warrants, the 337,211 outstanding 1997-A Warrants,
            1,439,583 outstanding stock options and other warrants (see 
            "Description of Securities--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
            Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants" and "--Other Options and Warrants"),
            and does not include 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for 
            issuance under the Stock Option Plan of which  options granted for
            the purchase of 173,850 shares are outstanding (see "Management--
            Stock Option  Plan"), and additional shares of Common Stock that may
            be issued in connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase 
            (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
            and Results of  Operations--General--SNSI Asset Purchase").
(2)         Adjusted to reflect the sale on November 12, 1997, of 1,495,000
            Units and the receipt by the Company of net proceeds of $6,050,000.
            Accumulated offering costs of approximately $720,000 were charged
            against the proceeds of the offering.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

            PURCHASE OF PARTICIPATION INTERESTS OFFERED HEREBY AND PURCHASE OF
THE COMMON STOCK THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF
RISK. IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE
FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED WHEN EVALUATING THE PURCHASE OF THE
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS OFFERED HEREBY AND INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK
THROUGH THE PLAN.

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY

            DEPENDENCE ON DISTRIBUTORS. The Company's success and growth depend
upon its ability to attract, retain and motivate its network of independent
distributors who market the Company's products. Distributors are independent
contractors who purchase products directly from the Company for resale and their
own use. Distributors typically offer and sell the Company's products on a
part-time basis and may engage in other business activities, including the sale
of products offered by competitors of the Company. Typically, the Company has
non-exclusive arrangements with its distributors which may be canceled at will
and contain no minimum purchase requirements on the part of each distributor.
While the Company encourages distributors to focus on the purchase and sale of
the Company's products, distributors may give higher priority to other products,
reducing their efforts devoted to marketing the Company's products. Furthermore,
the Company's ability to attract and retain distributors could be negatively
affected by adverse publicity relating to the Company, its products or its
operations. In addition, as a result of the Company's network marketing system,
the distributor downline organizations headed by a relatively small number of
key distributors are responsible for a significant percentage of total sales.
The loss of a significant number of distributors, including any key
distributors, for any reason, could adversely affect the Company's sales and
operating results, and could impair the Company's ability to attract new
distributors. There can be no assurance that the Company's network marketing
program will continue to be successful or that the Company will be able to
retain or expand its current network of independent distributors. See
"Business--Network Marketing."

            GOVERNMENT REGULATION. The Company and its operations are subject 
to and affected by laws, regulations, administrative determinations, court 
decisions and similar constraints at the federal, state and local levels and 
the laws and regulations of foreign countries in which the Company's products 
are or may be sold.  See "Business--Regulation."

            PRODUCTS. The formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling,
advertising, distribution and sale of the Company's products are subject to
regulation by a number of governmental agencies, the most active of which is the
Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA"), which regulates the Company's products
under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the "FDCA") and regulations
promulgated thereunder. The Company's products are also subject to regulation by
the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), the Consumer Product Safety Commission
(the "CPSC"), the United States Department of Agriculture (the "USDA"), and the
Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"). The FDCA has been amended several
times with respect to dietary supplements, most recently by the Nutrition
Labeling and Education Act of 1990 (the "NLEA") and the Dietary Supplement
Health and Education Act of 1994 (the "DSHEA"). The Company's products are
generally classified and regulated as dietary supplements under the FDCA, as
amended, and therefore are not subject to pre-market approval by the FDA.
However, these products are subject to extensive labeling regulation by the FDA
and can be removed from the market if shown to be unsafe. Moreover, if the FDA
determines, on the basis of labeling or advertising claims by the Company, that
the "intended use" of any of the Company's products is for the diagnosis, cure,
mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease, the FDA can regulate those
products as drugs and require pre-market clearance for safety and effectiveness.
In addition, if the FDA determines that claims have been made regarding the
effect of dietary supplements on the "structure or function" of the body, such
claims could result in the regulation of such products as drugs.

            On June 4, 1997, the FDA proposed a regulation which will, if 
adopted in its proposed form, significantly limit the ability of the Company 
to sell dietary supplements that contain ephedra, or ephedrine, a chemical 
constituent of ephedra, including the Company's AM-300 product, which for the 
nine months ended September 30, 1997, represented 28.9 percent of the 
Company's net sales. Ephedrine products have been the subject of adverse 
publicity in the United States and other countries relating to alleged 
harmful effects, including the deaths of several individuals. On April 10, 
1996, the FDA issued a statement warning consumers not to purchase or ingest 
dietary supplements containing natural sources of ephedrine which are claimed 
to produce certain effects (none of which are 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
claimed for the Company's product). As of the date of this Prospectus, it is 
not possible to predict whether the FDA will make any material changes to the 
proposed regulations prior to adoption. Many states have also recently become 
active in the regulation of dietary supplement products and may require the 
Company to modify the labeling or formulation of certain products sold in 
those states, and several states either regulate or are considering 
regulating ephedrine-containing products as controlled substances or are 
prohibiting the sale of such products by persons other than licensed 
pharmacists. Consequently, there is a risk that the Company's AM-300 product, 
which contains an ephedra herb concentrate containing naturally occurring 
ephedrine, may become subject to further federal, state, local or foreign 
laws or regulations. These laws or regulations could require the Company to 
(i) withdraw or reformulate its AM-300 product with reduced ephedrine levels 
or with a substitute for ephedra or ephedrine, (ii) relabel its product with 
different warnings or revised directions for use, or (iii) not make certain 
statements, possibly including weight loss claims, with respect to any 
product containing ephedra or ephedrine. While the Company believes that its 
AM-300 product could be reformulated and relabeled, there can be no assurance 
in that regard or that reformulation and relabeling would not have an adverse 
effect on sales of such product or related products within the Company's 
product line even though such products do not contain ephedra or ephedrine. 
See "--Dependence on AM-300" and "Business--Regulation--Products."

            PRODUCT CLAIMS AND ADVERTISING. The FTC and certain states regulate
advertising, product claims, and other consumer matters, including advertising
of the Company's products. In the past several years the FTC has instituted
enforcement actions against several dietary supplement companies for false and
misleading advertising of certain products. In addition, the FTC has increased
its scrutiny of the use of testimonials, such as those utilized by the Company.
There can be no assurance that the FTC will not question the Company's past or
future advertising or other operations. Moreover, there can be no assurance that
a state will not interpret product claims presumptively valid under federal law
as illegal under that state's regulations. Furthermore, the Company's
distributors and their customers may file actions on their own behalf, as a
class or otherwise, and may file complaints with the FTC or state or local
consumer affairs offices. These agencies may take action on their own initiative
or on a referral from distributors, consumers or others, including actions
resulting in entries of consent decrees and the refund of amounts paid by the
complaining distributor or consumer, refunds to an entire class of distributors
or customers, or other damages, as well as changes in the Company's method of
doing business. A complaint because of a practice of one distributor, whether or
not that practice was authorized by the Company, could result in an order
affecting some or all distributors in a particular state, and an order in one
state could influence courts or government agencies in other states. Proceedings
resulting from these complaints may result in significant defense costs,
settlement payments or judgments and could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. See "Business--Regulation--Product Claims and Advertising."

            NETWORK MARKETING SYSTEM. The Company's network marketing system is
subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations administered by
the FTC and various state agencies, including without limitation securities,
franchise investment, business opportunity and criminal laws prohibiting the use
of "pyramid" or "endless chain" types of selling organizations. These
regulations are generally directed at ensuring that product sales are ultimately
made to consumers (as opposed to other distributors) and that advancement within
the network marketing system is based on sales of the Company's products, rather
than investment in the Company or other non-retail sales related criteria. The
compensation structure of a network marketing organization is very complex, and
compliance with all of the applicable regulations and laws is uncertain in light
of evolving interpretations of existing laws and regulations as well as the
enactment of new laws and regulations pertaining in general to network marketing
organizations and product distribution.

            The Company has not obtained any no-action letters or advance 
rulings from any federal or state securities regulator or other governmental 
agency concerning the legality of the Company's operations, and the Company 
is not relying on an opinion of counsel to such effect. The Company 
accordingly is subject to the risk that its network marketing system could be 
found to be in noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations, which 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Network 
Marketing." Such a decision could require the Company to modify its network 
marketing system, result in negative publicity, or have a negative effect on 
distributor morale and loyalty. In addition, the Company's network marketing 
system will be subject to regulations in foreign markets administered by 
foreign agencies should the Company expand its network marketing organization 
into such markets.

                                    -10-
<PAGE>

            CIVIL LITIGATION BY DISTRIBUTORS. The Company is subject to the 
risk of challenges to the legality of its network marketing organization by 
the Company's distributors, both individually and as a class, based on claims 
that the Company's network marketing program is operated as an illegal 
"pyramid scheme" in violation of federal securities laws, state unfair 
practice and fraud laws and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt 
Organizations Act. Generally, an illegal pyramid scheme is a marketing scheme 
that promotes "inventory loading" (I.E., distributors' purchases of large 
quantities of non-returnable inventory to obtain the full amount of 
compensation available under the network marketing program) and does not 
encourage retail sales of the products and services to ultimate consumers. In 
the event of challenges to the legality of its network marketing organization 
by the Company's distributors, there is no assurance that the Company would 
be able to demonstrate that its network marketing policies were enforced and 
that the network marketing program and distributors' compensation thereunder 
serve as safeguards to deter inventory loading and encourage retail sales to 
the ultimate consumers. Proceedings resulting from these claims could result 
in significant defense costs, settlement payments or judgments, and could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company. A competitor of the Company, 
Nutrition for Life International, Inc. ("NFLI"), a multi-level seller of 
personal care and nutritional supplements, recently announced that it had 
settled class action litigation brought by distributors alleging fraud in 
connection with the operation of a pyramid scheme. NFLI agreed to pay in 
excess of $3 million to settle claims brought on behalf of its distributors 
and certain purchasers of its stock.

            The Company believes that its marketing program is significantly 
different from the program allegedly promoted by NFLI and that the Company's 
marketing program is not in violation of anti-pyramid laws or regulations. 
However, there can be no assurance that claims similar to the claims brought 
against NFLI and other multi-level marketing organizations will not be made 
against the Company, or that the Company would prevail in the event any such 
claims were made. Furthermore, even if the Company were successful in 
defending against any such claims, the costs of conducting such a defense, 
both in dollars spent and in management time, could be material and adversely 
affect the Company's operating results and financial condition. In addition, 
the negative publicity of such a suit could adversely affect the Company's 
sales and ability to attract and retain distributors. See 
"Business--Regulation--Network Marketing System."

            DEPENDENCE ON AM-300. A significant portion of the Company's net 
sales has been, and is expected to continue to be, dependent upon the 
Company's AM-300 product, which contains an ephedra herb concentrate 
containing naturally occurring ephedrine. The Company's net sales of AM-300 
represented approximately 28.9 percent, 39.1 percent, and 31.5 percent of net 
sales for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and for fiscal years 1996 
and 1995, respectively. In the event the recently proposed FDA regulation 
related to products containing ephedra and ephedrine is adopted as proposed, 
or such products become subject to further federal, state or local laws and 
regulations, the Company could be required to (i) withdraw or reformulate its 
AM-300 product, (ii) relabel such product, or (iii) not make certain 
statements, possibly including weight management claims, with respect to such 
product. Any such event could have a material adverse effect upon sales, 
results of operations and the financial condition of the Company. See 
"--Government Regulation--Products," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations" and 
"Business--Products" and "--Regulation--Products."

            COMPETITION. The Company is subject to significant competition in 
recruiting distributors from other network marketing organizations, including 
those that market weight management, dietary supplement and personal care 
products, as well as other types of products. Most of the Company's 
competitors are substantially larger, offer a greater variety of products and 
have considerably greater financial resources than the Company. The Company's 
ability to remain competitive depends, in significant part, on the Company's 
success in recruiting and retaining distributors through an attractive bonus 
plan and other incentives. There can be no assurance that the Company's 
programs for recruitment and retention of distributors will be successful.

            In addition, the business of distributing and marketing weight 
management, dietary supplements, and personal care products is highly 
competitive. This market segment includes numerous manufacturers, other 
network marketing companies, catalog companies, distributors, marketers, 
retailers and physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers. 
The Company competes with other providers of such products, especially retail 
outlets, based upon convenience of purchase, price and immediate availability 
of the purchased product. For the most part, the Company's competitors 
offering comparable products are substantially larger and have available 
considerably 

                             -11-

<PAGE>

greater financial resources than the Company. The market is highly sensitive 
to the introduction of new products or weight management plans (including 
various prescription drugs) that may rapidly capture a significant share of 
the market. As a result, the Company's ability to remain competitive depends 
in part upon the successful introduction of new products at competitive 
prices. See "Business--Competition."

            PRODUCT INTRODUCTION, OBSOLESCENCE AND MARKETING. The 
introduction by the Company or its competitors of new weight management, 
nutritional supplement and personal care products offering increased 
functionality or enhanced results may render existing products obsolete and 
unmarketable. Therefore, the Company's ability to successfully introduce new 
products into the market on a timely basis and achieve acceptable levels of 
sales has and will continue to be a significant factor in the Company's 
ability to grow and remain competitive and profitable. In addition, the 
nature and mix of the products offered by the Company are important factors 
in attracting and maintaining the Company's network of independent 
distributors, which consequently affects demand for the Company's products. 
Although the Company seeks to introduce additional products each year, the 
success of new products is subject to a number of conditions, including 
customer acceptance. There can be no assurance that the Company's efforts to 
develop innovative new products will be successful, that customers will 
accept new products or that the Company will obtain required regulatory 
approvals of such new products. In addition, no assurance can be given that 
new products currently experiencing strong popularity and rapid growth will 
maintain their sales over time. In the event the Company is unable to 
successfully increase the product mix and maintain competitive product 
replacements or enhancements in a timely manner in response to the 
introduction of new products, competitive or otherwise, the Company's sales 
and earnings will be materially and adversely affected. See 
"Business--Products" and "--Network Marketing."

            PRODUCT LIABILITY; LACK OF INSURANCE COVERAGE. The Company, like 
other marketers of products that are intended to be ingested, faces an 
inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the 
use of its products results in injury. The Company generally does not obtain 
contractual indemnification from parties manufacturing its products. However, 
the Company has agreed to indemnify Tinos, L.L.C., the licensor of 
Choc-Quilizer, against any product liability claims arising from the 
Choc-Quilizer product marketed by the Company, and the Company has agreed to 
indemnify Chemins against claims arising from products manufactured by 
Chemins and marketed by the Company. The Company also does not maintain any 
product liability insurance coverage. Therefore, product liability claims 
against the Company could result in material losses to the Company. See 
"Business--Products--Product Procurement and Distribution."

            DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL. The Company's growth and future 
success depends in part on the continued availability of certain key 
management personnel, including John W. Hail, founder, Chief Executive 
Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, and Roger P. Baresel, 
President, Chief Financial Officer and a director of the Company. The Company 
does not maintain life insurance covering the executive officers of the 
Company. The Company's continued growth and profitability also depends in 
part on its ability to attract and retain other management personnel. 
Although historically the Company has not had any difficulty in attracting 
and retaining management personnel, there can be no assurance that it will 
continue to be able to do so in the future. See "Business--Network Marketing" 
and "Management--Directors and Executive Officers."

            MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH. The Company has experienced substantial 
growth in sales, operations, personnel and the number of distributors, which 
has challenged and will continue to challenge the Company's management and 
operating resources. Continued growth will require the Company to increase 
its sales and marketing, support, and administrative personnel, to increase 
distributor training and support capabilities and to expand information 
management systems. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able 
to attract and retain the necessary personnel to accomplish its growth 
strategies or that it will not experience constraints that will adversely 
affect its ability to satisfactorily support its distributors. If the 
Company's management were to be unable to manage growth effectively, the 
Company's sales and earnings could be materially adversely affected. See 
"Business--Growth Strategy."

            DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY MANUFACTURERS. Substantially all of the 
products offered and distributed by the Company are manufactured by 
third-party manufacturers pursuant to product formulations developed for the 
Company. The Company does not have any written contracts with any of its 
suppliers or manufacturers or commitments from any of its suppliers or 
manufacturers to continue to sell products to the Company. A substantial 

                                  -12-

<PAGE>

portion of the products purchased by the Company have been supplied by 
Chemins Company, Inc. ("Chemins") and Nittany Pharmaceutical Laboratories 
("Nittany"), which are privately held corporations with no affiliation with 
the Company. The Company believes that its relationships with Chemins and 
Nittany are satisfactory; however, there can be no assurance that Chemins and 
Nittany will continue to be reliable suppliers to the Company. The Company 
does not have long-term supply agreements with Chemins, Nittany or any other 
vendor; however, the Company customarily enters into contracts with such 
third-party manufacturers to establish the terms and conditions of product 
purchases. Accordingly, there is a risk that any of the Company's suppliers 
or manufacturers could discontinue selling their products to the Company for 
any reason. In the event any of the third-party manufacturers were to become 
unable or unwilling to continue to provide the products in required volumes, 
the Company would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement 
manufacturing sources, and no assurance can be given that any alternative 
manufacturing sources would become available to the Company on a timely 
basis. See "Business--Products--Product Procurement and Distribution."

            EFFECT OF UNFAVORABLE PUBLICITY. The Company believes the weight
management and dietary supplement products market is affected by national media
attention regarding the consumption of such products. There can be no assurance
that future scientific research or publicity will not be unfavorable to the
weight management and dietary supplement markets or any particular product, or
be inconsistent with earlier favorable research or publicity. Future reports of
research that are perceived as less favorable or that question earlier research
could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company. Because
of the Company's dependence upon consumer perceptions, adverse publicity
associated with illness or other adverse effects resulting from the consumption
of the Company's products, or any similar products distributed by other
companies, could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Such adverse
publicity could arise even if the adverse effects associated with such products
result from failure to consume such products as directed. In addition, the
Company may not be able to counter the effects of negative publicity concerning
the efficacy of its products.

            ABSENCE OF CLINICAL STUDIES. Although many of the ingredients in the
Company's products are vitamins, minerals, herbs and other substances for which
there is a long history of human consumption, some of the Company's products
contain ingredients, such as chromium picolinate, shark cartilage,
proanthocyanidins, citrin and colloidal minerals, as to which there is little
history of human consumption. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the
Company's products, even when used as directed, will have the effects intended.
Although the Company takes steps to ensure that the formulation and production
of its products are safe when consumed as directed, generally the Company has
not sponsored clinical studies on the long-term effect of human consumption. See
"--Effect of Unfavorable Publicity," and "--Product Liability, and
"Business--Regulation--Products."

            NON-SPECIFIC ACQUISITION STRATEGY. The Company's business plan
includes expansion and diversification of the Company's network marketing
organization and products through the acquisition of companies engaged in
network marketing. In addition to financial demands, the Company's acquisitions
may have adverse consequences, including the diversion of management's attention
to the assimilation of the acquired companies or assets; adverse effects on the
Company's results of operations, such as the amortization of acquired intangible
assets; and the possibility that the acquired company or assets will not
contribute to the Company's business, cash flows and profitability as expected.
See "Business--Growth Strategy."

RISKS OF THE OFFERING

            DOLLAR COST AVERAGING. Through regularly contributing to the Plan 
by purchase of the Participation Interests, even in small increments, a 
Participant may benefit from dollar cost averaging, to some extent minimizing 
the adverse effects of volatile changes in the price of the Company's Common 
Stock. As a fixed amount of money is regularly invested over a long period of 
time, purchases are made at varying prices as the market price for the Common 
Stock fluctuates. Over time, if a uniform number of shares of stock were 
purchased each period, the average cost paid per share will usually be less 
during lengthy periods of market price appreciation, while, alternatively, 
during lengthy periods of market price depreciation, the average cost paid 
per share will be usually higher. There can be no assurance that the average 
cost paid per share of Common Stock acquired by a Participant through the 
Plan will be less than the market price of the Common Stock at any particular 
time or that a Participant's investment in the Common Stock through 
participation in the Plan will in whole or in part not be lost due to a 
number of factors including declining market price of the Common Stock and 
general market conditions. 

                                   -13-

<PAGE>

Accordingly, there is no assurance that a Participant's investment in the 
Common Stock through the Plan will result in any profit or that a loss will 
not occur.

            STOCK PRICE, SALES AND EARNINGS VOLATILITY. The Participation 
Interests are nontransferable and accordingly a market will not develop for 
the Participation Interests. However, the Common Stock to be purchased by the 
Plan on behalf of purchasers of the Participation Interests is currently 
included on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and listed on the Boston Stock 
Exchange. Historically the market for the Common Stock has been limited and 
subject to low trading volume. There can be no assurance that an active 
trading market will be maintained for the Common Stock at all times. See 
"Price Range of Common Stock and Dividends." The Company's sales and earnings 
and, consequently, the market price of the Common Stock may be subject to 
significant potential volatility based upon, among other things, the adverse 
effect of non-compliance with applicable governmental regulations; the 
negative effect of changes in or interpretations of regulations that may 
limit or restrict the sale of certain of the Company's products; the 
operation of its network marketing organization; the expansion of its 
operations into new markets; the recruitment and retention of distributors; 
the inability of the Company to introduce new products or the introduction of 
new products by the Company's competitors; general conditions in the weight 
management, dietary supplement, and personal care products industries; and 
consumer perceptions of the Company's products and operations. In particular, 
because the Company's products are ingested by consumers or applied to their 
bodies, the Company is highly dependent upon consumers' perception of the 
safety and quality of the products marketed by the Company. As a result, 
substantial negative publicity concerning one or more of the Company's 
products, especially the weight management and dietary supplement products, 
could adversely affect the Company's sales and earnings as well as the market 
price of the Common Stock.

            Moreover, the stock market has from time to time experienced 
extreme price and volume fluctuations which have particularly affected the 
market prices for emerging growth companies and which often have been 
unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market 
fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common 
Stock. Volatility in the market price of a company's securities sometimes 
results in the filing of class action lawsuits seeking compensation for 
alleged securities law violations. There can be no assurance that such 
litigation will not occur in the future against the Company. Such litigation 
could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention 
and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
business and results of operations. Any adverse determination in such 
litigation also could subject the Company to significant liabilities.

            ACCUMULATED DEFICIT. At September 30, 1997, the Company had an 
accumulated deficit of $927,682 representing accumulated losses from 
operations prior to 1994. See "Selected Financial Information" and 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations." There is no assurance that future operating results will 
eliminate such deficit or that additional losses from operations will not be 
sustained by the Company, resulting in further increase of such accumulated 
deficit.

            DELISTING OF COMMON STOCK; PENNY STOCK TRADING RULES. The Common 
Stock is included on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and is listed on the Boston 
Stock Exchange. The continued inclusion and listing of the Common Stock on 
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the Boston Stock Exchange is subject to 
certain conditions, generally including the Common Stock having a certain 
minimum sale price per share, the Company having certain minimum levels of 
assets, stockholders' equity, number of shareholders, and number of 
outstanding publicly held shares of Common Stock. In the event such minimum 
requirements for inclusion and listing are not met, the Common Stock will be 
delisted and will no longer be included on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the 
Boston Stock Exchange. In such event, the Common Stock would then be traded 
in the over-the-counter market and may become subject to the "penny stock" 
trading rules. See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy--Penny 
Stock Trading Rules." The over-the-counter market is characterized as 
volatile in that securities traded in such market are subject to substantial 
and sudden price increases and decreases and at times price (bid and asked) 
information for such securities may not be available. In addition, when there 
are only one or two market makers (a dealer holding itself out as ready to 
buy and sell the securities on a regular basis), there is a risk that the 
dealer or group of dealers may control the market in the security and set 
prices that are not based on competitive forces and the bid and asked 
quotations of securities traded in the over-the-counter market may not be 
reliable.

                                  -14-

<PAGE>

            PENNY STOCK TRADING RULES. In the event the Common Stock is 
delisted and no longer included on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or on the 
Boston Stock Exchange, the Common Stock may become subject to the "penny 
stock" trading rules. The penny stock trading rules impose additional duties 
and responsibilities upon broker-dealers and salespersons effecting purchase 
and sale transactions in common stock and other equity securities, including 
determination of the purchaser's investment suitability, delivery of certain 
information and disclosures to the purchaser, and receipt of a specific 
purchase agreement from the purchaser prior to effecting the purchase 
transaction. In addition, many broker-dealers will not effect transactions in 
penny stocks, except on an unsolicited basis, in order to avoid compliance 
with the penny stock trading rules. In the event the Common Stock becomes 
subject to the penny stock trading rules, such rules may materially limit or 
restrict the ability of a holder to resell such equity securities, and the 
liquidity typically associated with other publicly traded equity securities 
may not exist. See "Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy--Penny 
Stock Trading Rules."

            POTENTIAL LIABILITY ARISING FROM POSSIBLE RESCISSION RIGHTS OF 
CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS. In 1990, the Company established the AMS Distributor 
Stock Pool (the "Pool") under which the Company's independent distributors 
were permitted to participate on a voluntary basis and make contributions to 
the Pool and, from such contributions, the administrator of the Pool 
purchased on a monthly basis the Company's Common Stock in the 
over-the-counter market. All purchase transactions were executed and effected 
through a registered broker-dealer. In September 1995, the Oklahoma 
Department of Securities initiated an investigation of the Company and the 
activities of the Pool. During October 1997, the Company ceased accepting 
additional contributions to the Pool and effecting purchase transactions in 
Common Stock. As of September 30, 1997, the Pool held 218,233 shares of 
Common Stock. On November 4, 1997, without admitting or denying violations of 
the Oklahoma Securities Act, the Company and certain of its officers and 
directors entered into an agreement with the Administrator of the Oklahoma 
Department of Securities in settlement of the investigation without any 
action being taken against the Company and its officers and directors. See 
"Business--Litigation."

            The agreement with the Administrator of the Oklahoma Department 
of Securities does not preclude the rights of Pool participants from 
asserting claims seeking and possibly obtaining recovery of their 
contributions to the Pool, plus statutory interest; however, such claims are 
subject to applicable state and federal statutes of limitation which may 
effectively eliminate a portion of such claims. It is the position of the 
Company that its administration of the Pool did not constitute the offer and 
sale of a security under federal and state securities law; however, there can 
be no assurance that a court would find that the Company's administration of 
the Pool did not constitute the offer and sale of a security under either or 
both federal and state securities laws. Even if the Company were successful 
in defending any securities law claims, the assertion of such claims against 
the Company could result in costly litigation and diversion of effort by the 
Company's management. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
state securities regulators pursue enforcement action against the Company and 
its officers and directors with respect to any violations of the federal 
securities laws that may have occurred. There can be no assurance that claims 
asserting violations of federal and state securities laws will not be 
asserted by any of the participants in the Pool or that such participants 
will not prevail against the Company in the assertion of such claims, 
compelling the Company to repurchase from such participants their shares of 
Common Stock and pay statutory interest, which could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

            OUTSTANDING STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS. As of the date of this 
Prospectus, there are (i) 1,495,000 outstanding Redeemable Common Stock 
Purchase Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at 
an exercise price of $3.40 on or before November 6, 2002, (ii) 337,211 
outstanding 1997-A Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of Common 
Stock at an exercise price of $3.40 on or before November 6, 2002, (iii) 
130,000 outstanding Underwriters' Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one 
share of Common Stock and one Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant (which 
is also exercisable for the purchase of one share of Common Stock) at an 
aggregate exercise price of $5.40 after November 6, 1998, and on or before 
November 6, 2002, (iv) 173,850 outstanding stock options granted under the 
Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, each exercisable to 
purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.70 to $6.00 per 
share, and (v) 1,439,583 outstanding stock options and other warrants, each 
exercisable to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of 
$1.60 to $6.00 per share during periods that expire in December 1998 through 
May 2007. Assuming and giving effect to the exercise of the outstanding 
1,439,583 stock options and warrants (other than the Redeemable Common Stock 
Purchase Warrants, the 1997-A Warrants and Underwriters' Warrants) as of 
September 

                                  -15-

<PAGE>

30, 1997, the current shareholders would experience immediate dilution, on a 
net tangible book value basis, of $0.05 per share of Common Stock. During the 
term of the outstanding warrants and stock options, the holders are given the 
opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of the Common Stock. 
Exercise of such warrants and stock options may dilute the net book value per 
share of outstanding Common Stock at the time of exercise and may be dilutive 
on an earnings per share basis, which may adversely affect the trading price 
of the Common Stock. The existence of the warrants and stock options may 
adversely affect the terms on which the Company may obtain additional equity 
financing. Furthermore, the holders are likely to exercise the warrants and 
stock options at a time when the Company would otherwise be able to obtain 
capital on terms more favorable than could be obtained through the exercise 
of such stock options and warrants. See "Description of Securities-- 
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants" and "--Other 
Stock Options and Warrants," "Management--Stock Option Plan" and "Shares 
Eligible for Future Sale--Lock-Up Agreements" and "--State Imposed Escrow and 
Lock-In Arrangements."

            COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Sales or availability for 
sale of substantial amounts of shares of the Company's Common Stock in the 
public market at any time could adversely affect the market price of the 
Common Stock and, consequently, the Company's ability to raise additional 
capital. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has 4,249,383 shares 
of Common Stock outstanding, of which 3,505,536 shares are eligible for sale 
without regard to volume or other limitations pursuant to Rule 144 ("Rule 
144") promulgated by the Commission under the 1933 Act, except to the extent 
held by an "affiliate" of the Company as that term is defined under Rule 144. 
Furthermore, there are 242,695 shares of the Company's outstanding Common 
Stock which are "restricted securities" that may in the future be sold in 
compliance with Rule 144 and that are not subject to the lock-up, escrow and 
lock-in agreements discussed below.

            The Company's executive officers and directors, pursuant to 
certain agreements covering in the aggregate 463,044 shares of Common Stock 
and options and warrants for the purchase of 675,000 shares of Common Stock, 
have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of such shares for a period 
ending November 6, 1998, or such options, warrants or shares of Common Stock 
and all other securities issuable upon exercise of such options or warrants 
for a period ending November 6, 1999. In addition 382,544 of such shares of 
Common Stock and 662,000 of such options and warrants, as well as those held 
by certain shareholders of the Company, are subject to certain escrow and 
lock-in arrangements required by the Oklahoma Department of Securities for a 
period ending November 6, 2000. Under such arrangements, the executive 
officers, directors and such shareholders are not permitted to sell or 
otherwise dispose of such shares of Common Stock, stock options, warrants and 
all other securities issuable upon exercise of such option or warrants during 
such period. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
Management" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale--Lock-Up Agreements" and 
"--State Imposed Escrow and Lock-In Arrangements."

            ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS. The Company's Certificate of 
Incorporation and Bylaws and the provisions of the Oklahoma General 
Corporation Act may make it difficult to effect a change in control of the 
Company and replace incumbent management. The Certificate of Incorporation 
authorizes the issuance of Preferred Stock in classes or series having 
voting, redemption and conversion rights and other rights as determined by 
the Board of Directors. The issuance of such Preferred Stock may have the 
effect of preventing a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt that 
the Company's Board of Directors opposes. The Company's directors are elected 
for staggered three-year terms, with approximately one-third of the Board 
standing for election each year, which may make it difficult to effect a 
change of incumbent management and control. The Company is subject to the 
anti-takeover provisions of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act, which in 
some circumstances may discourage a person from making a control share 
acquisition (generally an acquisition of voting stock having more than 20 
percent of all voting power in the election of directors) without shareholder 
approval. See "Description of Securities--Anti-Takeover Provisions."

                                  -16-

<PAGE>

                            USE OF PROCEEDS

            All proceeds of sale of the Participation Interests pursuant to 
this offering received by the Company will be contributed to the Plan from 
which the Annual Service Fees and monthly Transaction Fees of $5.00 and $1.25 
per Participant, respectively, will be paid to the Company and the remaining 
proceeds will be utilized for the purchase of the Common Stock in the open 
market. In the event the Participation Interests are sold in full, the 
proceeds will be $5,000,000. All offering expenses of this offering, which 
are estimated to be $90,000, will be paid by the Company without entitlement 
to reimbursement from the Plan or the Participants, other than through the 
Participants' payments of the Annual Service Fees and Transaction Fees. The 
Annual Service Fees and Transaction Fees in excess of the offering expenses 
of this offering will be utilized by the Company for payment of the 
administrative costs of the Plan.

                                   -17-

<PAGE>



                 PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

            The Common Stock was traded only in the over-the-counter market 
and was quoted by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated under the 
symbol "AMSO." until September 10, 1997, when the Common Stock became listed 
on the Boston Stock Exchange under the symbol "AMG," which was subsequently 
changed to "AMM." On November 6, 1997, the Common Stock was first included on 
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol "AMSO." The following table sets 
forth, for the periods presented, the high and low closing bid quotations in 
the over-the-counter market as quoted by the National Quotation Bureau, 
Incorporated, adjusted to give effect to the one-for-eight reverse split of 
the outstanding Common Stock on October 29, 1996. The bid quotations reflect 
inter-dealer prices without adjustment for retail markups, markdowns or 
commissions and may not reflect actual transactions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 COMMON STOCK
                                               CLOSING BID PRICES
                                               --------------------
                                                HIGH           LOW
                                               -------        -----
<S>                                            <C>            <C>
1997:
    First Quarter Ended March 31............   $  6.25        $5.50
    Second Quarter Ended June 30............      8.38         5.69
    Third Quarter Ended September 30........      9.00         5.00
    Fourth Quarter Ended December 31........      6.88         2.56

1996:
    First Quarter Ended March 31............   $  6.48        $5.04
    Second Quarter Ended June 30............      8.00         5.04
    Third Quarter Ended September 30........      7.84         5.52
    Fourth Quarter Ended December 31........      6.50         5.00


1995:
    First Quarter Ended March 31............   $  2.00        $1.76
    Second Quarter Ended June 30............      3.76         2.00
    Third Quarter Ended September 30........     10.00         3.60
    Fourth Quarter Ended December 31........      7.52         4.48

</TABLE>


            On March 6, 1998, the closing sale price on the Nasdaq SmallCap 
Market of the Common Stock was $2.81. As of the date of this Prospectus, 
there were approximately 1,874 holders of the Common Stock.

DIVIDEND POLICY

            The Company's policy is to retain earnings to support the 
expansion of its operations. The Board of Directors of the Company does not 
intend to pay cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. 
Any future cash dividends will depend on future earnings, capital 
requirements, the Company's financial condition and other factors deemed 
relevant by the Board of Directors. See "Risk Factors--Stock Price, Sales and 
Earnings Volatility," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations-- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

PENNY STOCK TRADING RULES

            The Common Stock is included on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, and 
is listed on the Boston Stock Exchange. The continued inclusion or listing of 
the Common Stock on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the Boston Stock Exchange 
is subject to certain conditions, generally including the Common Stock having 
a certain minimum sale price per share, the Company having certain minimum 
levels of assets, stockholders' equity, number of shareholders, and number of 
outstanding publicly held shares of Common Stock. In the event requirements 
for continued inclusion or listing are not met, the Common Stock will be 
delisted and no longer included on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the Boston 
Stock Exchange, would then be traded in the over-the-counter market and may 
become subject to the "penny stock" trading rules.

            The penny stock trading rules impose additional duties and
responsibilities upon broker-dealers recommending the purchase of a penny stock
(by a purchaser that is not an accredited investor as defined by Rule 

                                -18-

<PAGE>

501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or the sale 
of a penny stock. Among such duties and responsibilities, with respect to a 
purchaser who has not previously had an established account with the 
broker-dealer, the broker-dealer is required to (i) obtain information 
concerning the purchaser's financial situation, investment experience, and 
investment objectives, (ii) make a reasonable determination that transactions 
in the penny stock are suitable for the purchaser and the purchaser (or his 
independent adviser in such transactions) has sufficient knowledge and 
experience in financial matters and may be reasonably capable of evaluating 
the risks of such transactions, followed by receipt of a manually signed 
written statement which sets forth the basis for such determination and which 
informs the purchaser that it is unlawful to effectuate a transaction in the 
penny stock without first obtaining a written agreement to the transaction. 
Furthermore, until the purchaser becomes an established customer (I.E., 
having had an account with the dealer for at least one year or the dealer 
having effected for the purchaser three sales of penny stocks on three 
different days involving three different issuers), the broker-dealer must 
obtain from the purchaser a written agreement to purchase the penny stock 
which sets forth the identity and number of shares or units of the security 
to be purchased prior to confirmation of the purchase. A dealer is obligated 
to provide certain information disclosures to the purchaser of a penny stock, 
including (i) a generic risk disclosure document which is required to be 
delivered to the purchaser before the initial transaction in a penny stock, 
(ii) a transaction-related disclosure prior to effecting a transaction in the 
penny stock (I.E., confirmation of the transaction) containing bid and asked 
information related to the penny stock and the dealer's and salesperson's 
compensation (I.E., commissions, commission equivalents, markups and 
markdowns) in connection with the transaction, and (iii) the 
purchaser-customer must be furnished account statements, generally on a 
monthly basis, which include prescribed information relating to market and 
price information concerning the penny stocks held in the account. The penny 
stock trading rules do not apply to those transactions in which a 
broker-dealer or salesperson does not make any purchase or sale 
recommendation to the purchaser or seller of the penny stock.

            Compliance with the penny stock trading rules may affect the 
ability to resell the Common Stock by a holder principally because of the 
additional duties and responsibilities imposed upon the broker-dealers and 
salespersons recommending and effecting sale and purchase transactions in 
such securities. In addition, many broker-dealers will not effect 
transactions in penny stocks, except on an unsolicited basis, in order to 
avoid compliance with the penny stock trading rules. The penny stock trading 
rules consequently may materially limit or restrict the liquidity typically 
associated with other publicly traded equity securities. Therefore, the 
holder of penny stocks may be unable to obtain on resale the quoted bid price 
because a dealer or group of dealers may control the market in such 
securities and may set prices that are not based totally on competitive 
forces. Furthermore, at times there may be a lack of bid quotes which may 
mean that the market among dealers is not active, in which case a holder of 
penny stocks may be unable to sell such securities. In addition, because 
market quotations in the over-the-counter market are often subject to 
negotiation among dealers and often differ from the price at which 
transactions in securities are effected, the bid and asked quotations of 
securities traded in the over-the-counter market may not be reliable.

                                 -19-
<PAGE>

                             CAPITALIZATION

            The following table sets forth as of September 30, 1997, the actual
capitalization of the Company without giving effect to the agreement of the
Company to issue any additional shares of Common Stock or to make additional
payments in connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase (see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--General--SNSI Asset Purchase"), and as adjusted to reflect the sale
on November 12, 1997, of 1,495,000 Units and the receipt by the Company of net
proceeds of $6,050,000 (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations-- General--Units Offering"). This table
should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto of the Company appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. See Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Advantage
Marketing Systems, Inc. (formerly AMS, Inc.).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AS OF  SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                                     ---------------------------------------
                                                                        ACTUAL               AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                        ------               --------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                      <C>
Current portion of long-term debt.................................  $    133,598             $    133,598
Long-term debt, net of current portion............................       329,819                  329,819
Stockholders' equity:
  Common Stock, $.0001 par value, 495,000,000  shares
      authorized; 2,680,081 shares issued and outstanding,
      4,175,081 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted........           268                      418
   Paid-in capital in excess of par, common stock(2)..............     4,819,816               10,149,666
   Retained earnings (deficit)....................................      (927,682)                (927,682)
                                                                    ------------             ------------
     Total stockholders' equity...................................     3,892,402                9,222,402
                                                                    ------------             ------------
         Total capitalization.....................................    $4,355,819               $9,685,819
                                                                    ------------             ------------
                                                                    ------------             ------------

</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)         Adjusted to reflect the sale on November 12, 1997, of 1,495,000
            Units and the receipt by the Company of net proceeds of $6,050,000.
            Accumulated offering costs of approximately $720,000 were charged
            against the proceeds of the offering.
(2)         Without giving effect to and assuming no exercise of the 
            1,495,000 outstanding Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants, 
            the 130,000 Underwriters' Warrants, the 337,211 outstanding 
            1997-A Warrants, 1,439,583 outstanding stock options and other 
            warrants (see "Description of Securities--Redeemable Common Stock 
            Purchase Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants" and "--Other Options and 
            Warrants"), and does not include 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock 
            reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan under which 
            options granted for the purchase of 173,850 shares are 
            outstanding (see "Management--Stock Option Plan"), and additional 
            shares of Common Stock that may be issued in connection with the 
            SNSI Asset Purchase (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
            Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General--SNSI 
            Asset Purchase").


                                        -20-

<PAGE>

                     SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following selected financial information is qualified by reference to,
and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements
and related notes of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (formerly AMS, Inc.) and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected financial
information presented below is not necessarily indicative of the future results
of operations or financial performance of the Company. See "Risk Factors--Stock
Price, Sales and Earnings Volatility." The selected financial information as of
and for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 is derived from the audited
consolidated financial statements of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (formerly
AMS, Inc.) contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected financial
information presented as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and
1997, is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Company, which financial statements are contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
In the opinion of management of the Company, the unaudited consolidated
financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED                   FOR THE NINE  MONTHS
                                                               DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                      -----------------------------           ----------------------------
                                                         1995               1996                 1996              1997
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
<S>                                                   <C>                <C>                  <C>               <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales...........................................  $4,492,668         $6,129,916           $4,439,042        $7,635,321
Cost of sales.......................................   3,150,741          4,531,578            3,003,642         5,472,819
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
       Gross profit.................................   1,341,927          1,598,338            1,435,400         2,162,502
Marketing, distribution and
   administrative expenses..........................   1,094,756          1,296,080            1,147,894         1,957,755
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
       Income from operations.......................     247,171            302,258              287,506           204,747
Other income (expense):
Interest, net.......................................     (22,998)           (10,538)              (9,359)            1,810
Other income........................................      25,535             33,824                9,507             7,303
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
      Total other income (expense)..................       2,537             23,286                  148             9,113
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
Income before taxes.................................     249,708            325,544              287,654           213,860
Tax benefit (expense)...............................          --            499,613              443,149           (81,377)
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
Net income..........................................  $  249,708         $  825,157           $  730,803        $  132,483
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding(1).....................................   2,662,681          3,770,874            3,176,000         3,457,135
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
Net income per common share.........................  $     0.09         $     0.29           $     0.23        $     0.04
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
                                                      ----------         ----------           ----------        ----------
OPERATING DATA:
Number of active distributors.......................       8,100             10,600                8,800            20,600
Sales per active distributor(2).....................  $       46         $       48           $       59        $       48
Total number of products offered(3).................          16                 28                   24               105

CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities....  $  360,845         $  426,421           $  310,375        $ (217,277)
Net cash provided (used) in investing  activities...     (70,388)          (136,937)            (137,594)       (1,553,469)
Net cash provided (used) in financing activities....    (178,370)          (232,002)            (166,903)        1,958,229

</TABLE>


                                                          -21-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31,                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                       ---------------------------         -------------------------------------
                                          1995             1996              ACTUAL            AS ADJUSTED(1)(4)
                                       ----------       ----------         ----------          -----------------
<S>                                    <C>              <C>                <C>                 <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Current assets.......................  $  283,341       $  655,243         $1,614,251             $ 6,944,251
Working capital (deficiency).........    (170,734)          16,353            528,392               5,858,392
Total assets.........................     532,996        1,790,341          5,308,080              10,638,080
Short-term debt......................     111,048           76,204            133,598                 133,598
Long-term debt.......................     104,149          230,022            329,819                 329,819
Stockholders' equity (deficiency)....     (25,228)         921,429          3,892,402               9,222,402
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)         Without giving effect to and assuming no exercise of the 1,495,000 
            outstanding Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants, 130,000 
            Underwriters' Warrants, the 337,211 outstanding 1997-A Warrants, 
            1,439,583 outstanding stock options and other warrants (see 
            "Description of Securities--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
            Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants" and "--Other Options and 
            Warrants"), and does not include 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock 
            reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan under which 
            options granted for the purchase of 173,850 are outstanding (see 
            "Management--Stock Option Plan"), and additional shares of Common 
            Stock that may be issued in connection with the SNSI Asset 
            Purchase (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
            Condition and Results of Operations--General--SNSI Asset 
            Purchase").
(2)         Monthly sales per active distributor for the period presented is 
            computed using a simple average. 
(3)         Exclusive of variations in product size, colors or similar 
            variations of the Company's basic product line. 
(4)         Adjusted to reflect the sale on November 12, 1997, of 1,495,000 
            Units and the receipt by the Company of net proceeds of $6,050,000.
            Accumulated offering costs of approximately $720,000 were charged 
            against the proceeds of the offering.  See "Management's Discussion
            and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
            General--Units Offering."


                                          -22-
<PAGE>

                  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
               FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

            THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO OF THE COMPANY AND "SELECTED FINANCIAL
INFORMATION."

GENERAL

            Effective December 11, 1995, Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("AMS Delaware") and the former parent of the Company,
merged with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving
corporation (the "Reincorporation Merger"). Prior to the Reincorporation Merger,
all operations of AMS (Delaware) were conducted solely by the Company. See
"Business--Company History."

            The Company's business has been significantly affected by the
recently completed MMI Acquisition, the CII Acquisition and the SNSI Asset
Purchase. As a result of these acquisitions, the Company acquired 6,790
distributors and added 114 products to its product line.

            MMI ACQUISITION. Effective May 31, 1996, the Company acquired all of
the outstanding capital stock of MMI, and MMI became a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company. MMI was a network marketer of various third-party manufactured
nutritional supplement products. In connection with the MMI Acquisition, the
Company issued to the shareholders of MMI 20,000 shares of Common Stock. The
Company acquired one product and 1,690 additional distributors as a result of
the MMI Acquisition.

            CII ACQUISITION. Effective January 31, 1997, the Company acquired
all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of CII, and CII became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. CII was a network marketer of various
third-party manufactured cosmetics, skin care and hair care products. In
connection with the CII Acquisition, the Company issued 6,482 shares of Common
Stock to the shareholders of CII at closing and issued an additional 7,518
shares of Common Stock to the shareholders of CII on March 31, 1997, after
determination of certain liabilities. The Company acquired 68 personal care and
six dietary supplement products and 2,100 additional distributors as a result of
the CII Acquisition.

            SNSI ASSET PURCHASE. The Company purchased all of the assets,
including the network marketing organizations, of Stay 'N Shape International,
Inc., Solution Products International, Inc., Nation of Winners, Inc., and Now
International, Inc. pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 16,
1997. In connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company paid cash of
$1,174,441 and issued 125,984 shares of Common Stock at closing and agreed to
either issue additional shares of the Company's Common Stock having an aggregate
market value equal to, or make a cash payment of, or combination thereof,
$750,000 and $1,050,000 on or before June 29, 1998, and May 30, 1999,
respectively, subject to reduction for variance from specified sales targets. As
a result of the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company acquired 38 weight management
and dietary supplement products and one personal care product, and 3,000
additional distributors.

            The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and
results of operations of the Company are the consolidated results of operations
of AMS Delaware, the predecessor of the Company, and the Company prior to and
following the Reincorporation Merger. In addition, the following discussion and
analysis presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company and MMI
since completion of the MMI Acquisition on May 31, 1996, and of the Company and
CII since completion of the CII Acquisition on January 31, 1997, and gives
effect to the SNSI Asset Purchase, since its consummation on April 16, 1997.

            UNITS OFFERING. On November 12, 1997, the Company completed the
offering of 1,495,000 units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock and
one Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant (the "Units"), and the Company
received net proceeds of $6,050,000 (the "Units Offering"). Accumulated offering
costs of approximately $720,000 were charged against the proceeds of the Units
Offering. In connection with the Units Offering, the Company sold to Paulson
Investment Company, Inc. and Joseph Charles & Assoc., Inc., the representatives
of underwriters of the Units Offering, warrants exercisable for the purchase of
130,000 Units for $5.40 per Unit (the "Underwriters' Warrants") after November
6, 1998, and on or before November 6, 2002. See "Description of
Securities--Other Options and Warrants."


                                   -23-
<PAGE>

            REPURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK BY THE COMPANY. On March 4, 1998, the
Company announced that it intends to repurchase up to $1 million of the Common
Stock in the open market for cash. In connection with such repurchase, the
Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section
13(e)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, an Issuer Tender
Offer Statement on March 4, 1998. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company
has not yet repurchased any shares of the Common Stock. The additional number of
shares of the Common Stock that may be purchased by the Company is indefinite as
of the date of this Prospectus and will depend upon a number of factors,
including the market price of the Common Stock and the amount of funds utilized
for repurchase on each date of repurchase.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

            The following table sets forth, as a percentage of net sales,
selected results of operations for (i) the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995
and 1996, which are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements
of the Company, and (ii) for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1997,
which are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Company, which include, in the opinion of management of the Company, all normal
recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of results for
such periods. The results of operations for the periods presented are not
necessarily indicative of the Company's future operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                 -------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
                                         1995                   1996                     1996                          1997
                                 -------------------   ---------------------   ------------------------       ---------------------
                                   AMOUNT    PERCENT     AMOUNT      PERCENT     AMOUNT        PERCENT          AMOUNT      PERCENT
                                 ----------  -------   ----------    -------   ----------      -------        ----------    -------
<S>                              <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>             <C>            <C>
Net sales......................  $4,492,668   100.0%   $6,129,916      100.0%  $4,439,042       100.0%        $7,635,321     100.0%
Cost of sales..................   3,150,741    70.1     4,531,578       73.9    3,003,642        67.7          5,472,819      71.7
                                 ----------   -----    ----------     ------   ----------       -----         ----------     -----
    Gross profit...............   1,341,927    29.9     1,598,338       26.1    1,435,400        32.3          2,162,502      28.3
Marketing, distribution and
   administrative expenses.....   1,094,756    24.4     1,296,080       21.2    1,147,894        25.9          1,957,755      25.6
                                 ----------   -----    ----------     ------   ----------       -----         ----------     -----
   Income from operations......     247,171     5.5       302,258        4.9      287,506         6.4            204,747       2.7
Other income (expense):
Interest, net..................     (22,998)    (.6)      (10,538)       (.2)      (9,359)        (.2)             1,810       --
Other income...................      25,535      .7        33,824         .6        9,507          .2              7,303        .1
                                 ----------   -----    ----------     ------   ----------       -----         ----------     -----
Total other income (expense)...       2,537      .1        23,286         .4          148          --              9,113        .1
                                 ----------   -----    ----------     ------   ----------       -----         ----------     -----
Income before income taxes.....     249,708     5.6       325,544        5.3      287,654         6.4            213,860       2.8
Tax benefit (expense)..........          --      --       499,613        8.2      443,149        10.0            (81,377)     (1.1)
                                 ----------   -----    ----------     ------   ----------       -----         ----------     -----
Net income.....................  $  249,708     5.6%   $  825,157       13.5%  $  730,803        16.5%        $  132,483       1.7%
                                 ----------   -----    ----------     ------   ----------       -----         ----------     -----
                                 ----------   -----    ----------     ------   ----------       -----         ----------     -----
</TABLE>

            During 1995, 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, the
Company experienced increases in net sales and income before income taxes
compared to the preceding year or period. The increases were principally the
result of expansion of the Company's network of independent distributors and
additions to the Company's product line of weight management, dietary supplement
and personal care products. The Company expects to continue to expand its
network of independent distributors, which may result in increased sales volume.
However, there is no assurance that increased sales volume will be achieved
through expansion of the Company's network of independent distributors, or that,
if sales volume increases, the Company will realize increased profitability.

            COMPARISON OF NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996

            Net sales during the nine months ended September 30, 1997, 
increased by $3,196,000, or 72.0 percent, to $7,635,000 from $4,439,000 
during the nine months ended September 30, 1996. The increase was principally 
attributable to expansion of the Company's network of independent 
distributors and increased sales of the Company's weight management, dietary 
supplement and personal care products. Through the MMI Acquisition (which was 
consummated on May 31,1996), CII Acquisition (which was consummated on 
January 31, 1997) and the SNSI Asset Purchase (which was consummated on April 
16, 1997), the Company added 74 products to its product line and acquired 
6,790 distributors. The distributors acquired in connection with the MMI 
Acquisition, the CII Acquisition and the SNSI Asset Purchase contributed 
$140,000, $390,000 and $755,000, respectively, to the increase in net sales 
between the two periods. During the nine months ended September 30, 1997, the 
Company made aggregate net sales of $7,530,000 to 17,300 distributors, 
compared to aggregate net sales during the same 

                               -24-
<PAGE>

period in 1996 of $4,317,000 to 8,100 distributors. At September 30, 1997, 
the Company had approximately 20,600 "active" distributors compared to 
approximately 8,800 at September 30, 1996. A distributor is considered to be 
"active" if he or she has made a product purchase of $50 or more from the 
Company within the previous 12 months. Sales per distributor decreased from 
$59 to $48 for the nine months ended September 30, 1997, compared to the same 
period in 1996. This decrease was due to the increase in the number of active 
distributors as a result of the CII Acquisition and SNSI Asset Purchase 
(which were consummated on January 31, 1997 and April 16, 1997, 
respectively), which new distributors did not contribute sales during the 
full nine months ended September 30, 1997.

            Cost of sales during the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
increased by $2,469,200, or 82.2 percent, to $5,472,800 from $3,003,600 during
the same period in 1996, reflecting the increase in sales. The increase was
attributable to an increase of (i) $1,505,600 in distributor bonuses due in part
to special promotions designed to expand the Company's distributor network, (ii)
$750,900 in the cost of products sold due in part to an improvement in the
quality of products, and (iii) $212,700 in shipping costs due in part to an
increase shipment costs charged by the shipping companies. Total cost of sales,
as a percentage of net sales, increased to 71.7 percent during the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, from 67.7 percent during the same period in 1996 due
to an increase in distributor bonuses as a percentage of net sales to 45.3
percent from 43.9 percent, an increase in cost of products sold to 22.0 percent
of net sales from 20.9 percent, and an increase in cost of shipping to 4.4
percent of net sales from 2.8 percent. During periods of growth, it is
anticipated that the Company will from time-to-time offer promotions to
distributors to increase sales and their income, which if successful will result
in increases in distributor bonuses and temporary increases in cost of sales.

            The Company's gross profit increased $727,000, or 50.7 percent, to
$2,162,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 from $1,435,000 for the
same period in 1996. The gross profit decreased as a percentage of net sales to
28.3 percent of net sales from 32.3 percent. The decrease in the Company's gross
profit margin resulted from the increase in cost of sales as a percent of net
sales.

            Marketing, distribution and administrative expenses increased
$810,000, or 70.6 percent, to $1,958,000 during the nine months ended September
30, 1997, from $1,148,000 during the same period in 1996. This increase was
attributable to expansion of the Company's administrative infra-structure
necessary to support increased levels of sales and distributors. Payroll and
employee costs increased by $503,000 during the nine months ended September 30,
1997, as compared to the same period in 1996, due to the increase in full-time
employees to 30 during the first quarter of 1997, 38 during the second quarter
of 1997 and 47 during the third quarter of 1997, as compared to 16, 17 and 17,
respectively, during the same periods of 1996. The balance of the increase in
marketing, distribution and administrative expenses resulted from the higher
level of activity and corresponding increases in variable costs, such as
postage, telephone and supplies.

            Income before taxes decreased $73,800, or 25.7 percent, to $213,900
during the nine months ended September 30, 1997, from $287,700 during the same
period in 1996. Income before taxes as a percentage of net sales decreased to
2.8 percent during the nine months ended September 30, 1997, from 6.5 percent
during the same period in 1996, primarily as a result of the decline in the
Company's gross profit margin. Income taxes were $81,377 during the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, while during the same period of 1996 an income tax
benefit of $443,149 was recognized. The Company recognized a one-time tax
benefit of approximately $500,000 in 1996 primarily related to the reversal of a
deferred tax valuation allowance related to the expected future tax benefits to
be realized from operating loss carryforwards. As a result, during 1997 the
Company begun reporting income tax expense for financial reporting purposes.

            Net income decreased $598,300, or 81.9 percent, to $132,500 
during the nine months ended September 30, 1997, from $730,800 during the 
same period in 1996. This decrease in net income was primarily the result of 
the decrease in the Company's gross profit margin combined with the recording 
of income tax expense for financial reporting purposes during the nine months 
ended September 30, 1997. Net income as a percentage of net sales decreased 
to 1.7 percent during the nine months ended September 30, 1997, from 16.5 
percent during the same period in 1996.


                                -25-
<PAGE>

            COMPARISON OF 1995 AND 1996

            During the year ended December 31, 1996, net sales increased
$1,637,000, or 36.4 percent, to $6,130,000 from $4,493,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1995. The increase was principally attributable to expansion of the
Company's network of independent distributors and increased sales of the
Company's weight management, dietary supplement and personal care products.
Additional net sales by the acquired MMI distributors of $296,000 also
contributed to the increase. During 1996, the Company made aggregate sales of
$5,785,000 to 9,000 active distributors, compared to aggregate sales in 1995 of
$4,064,000 to 5,800 active distributors. Sales per distributor increased from
$46 for 1995 to $48 for 1996.

            During 1996, cost of sales increased $1,381,000, or 43.8 percent, to
$4,532,000 in 1996 from $3,151,000 during 1995. This increase was attributable
to an increase of (i) $866,000 in distributor bonuses due to special promotions
designed to expand the Company's distributor network, (ii) $436,000 in cost of
products sold, and (iii) $79,000 in shipping costs. Cost of sales, as a
percentage of net sales, increased to 73.9 percent during 1996 from 70.1 percent
during 1995 due to an increase in distributor bonuses as a percentage of net
sales to 44.5 percent from 41.4 percent as a result of various promotions, and
an increase in cost of products sold to 26.5 percent of net sales from 26.4
percent.

            The Company's gross profit increased $256,000 or 19.1 percent to
$1,598,000 in 1996 from $1,342,000 in 1995 as a result of the increased sales.
Gross profit decreased as a percentage of net sales to 26.1 percent in 1996 from
29.9 percent in 1995. The decrease in the Company's gross profit margin resulted
from the increase in distributor bonuses during the more recent period which
increased at a faster rate than net sales.

            Marketing, distribution and administrative expenses increased
$201,000, or 18.4 percent, to $1,296,000 during 1996 from $1,095,000 during
1995. This increase was attributable to expansion of the Company's
administrative infrastructure necessary to support increased levels of sales.
Payroll and employee costs increased by $254,000 during 1996 due to the increase
in full-time employees from 16 in the first quarter to 24 in the last quarter of
1996. The balance of the increase in marketing, distribution and administrative
expenses resulted from the higher level of activity and corresponding increases
in variable costs such as postage, telephone and supplies.

            Income before taxes increased $76,000, or 30.4 percent, to $326,000
during 1996 from $250,000 during 1995. Income before taxes as a percentage of
net sales decreased to 5.3 percent during 1996 from 5.6 percent during 1995,
primarily as a result of the decline in the Company's gross profit margin due to
special promotions. The Company recognized a one time tax benefit of
approximately $500,000 in 1996 primarily related to the reversal of a deferred
tax valuation allowance related to the expected future tax benefits to be
realized from operating loss carryforwards. Total net income increased $575,000,
or 230 percent, to $825,000 in 1996 from $250,000 in 1995.

            PRO FORMA EFFECT OF STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

             As a portion of and in lieu of payments of salaries and consulting
fees, the Company has historically used options to attract, retain and
compensate its officers, directors, other employees and consultants. The Company
also believes that linking the compensation of its officers and directors to
increases in the value of the Common Stock achieves improved performance. During
the twelve months ended December 31, 1995, the Company granted 1,189,819 stock
options (as restated for the one-for-eight reverse split of the Company's Common
Stock in October 1996) to certain officers, directors, other employees and
consultants of the Company as a portion of the compensation for their services
to the Company. No options were granted during 1996. In accordance with
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants, the compensation cost of such stock options was
not recognized in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The
weighted average exercise price and calculated fair value at the date of grant
of the options granted in 1995 were $2.77 and $1.75, respectively, or $3,296,000
and $2,080,000 in the aggregate, respectively, utilizing the methodology
prescribed under SFAS No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION. After
giving effect to the weighted average fair value of such options, the Company
would have had a pro forma loss of $1,830,000 ($.69 per common share) for the
year ended December 31, 1995. The Company did not grant any such options during
1996 and there would have been no pro forma effect on 1996 earnings from options
granted in 1995 since all grants vested in 1995.


                                -26-
<PAGE>

            ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET ADOPTED

            In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128-Earnings Per
Share, which is effective for the Company's year ending December 31, 1997. The
statement establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share.
Adoption of SFAS No. 128 is not expected to have a material effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations, but will
result in changes to the calculation of earnings per share.

            Also in February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129-Disclosure of
Information about Capital Structure, which is effective for the Company's year
ending December 31, 1997. The statement establishes standards for disclosing
information about a reporting company's capital structure. Adoption of SFAS No.
129 relates to disclosure within the financial statements and will not have a
material effect on the Company's financial statements.

            In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130-Reporting Comprehensive
Income which is effective for the Company's year ending December 31, 1998. The
statement addresses the reporting and displaying of comprehensive income and its
components. Earnings per share will only be reported for net income and not for
comprehensive income. The Company has not had adequate time to determine the
differences between comprehensive income and net income.

            Also in June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131-Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. SFAS No. 131 modifies current
segment reporting requirements and establishes, for public companies, criteria
for reporting disclosures about a company's products and services, geographic
areas and major customers in annual and interim financial statements. The
Company will adopt SFAS No. 131 for the year ending December 31, 1998.

            QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

            No pattern of seasonal fluctuations exists due to the growth
patterns that the Company is currently experiencing. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company will not become subject to seasonal fluctuations in
operations.

            INCOME TAXES

            The provision for accrued income taxes on pretax income for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997 was based on the effective combined federal and
state graduated corporate income tax rates of approximately 38 percent. Income
tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 was $81,377. The
Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 1996, relate primarily to net
operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes totaling $1,347,000, which
will begin to expire in 2003.

            On a regular basis, management evaluates all available evidence,
both positive and negative, regarding the ultimate realization of the tax
benefits of its deferred tax assets. Based upon the historical trend of
increasing earnings, management concluded that it is more likely than not that a
tax benefit will be realized from its deferred tax assets and therefore
eliminated the previously recorded valuation allowance for its deferred tax
assets. Elimination of the valuation allowance resulted in a deferred tax asset
at December 31, 1996 of $449,600 and a corresponding tax benefit for the year
ended December 31, 1996. As a result, the Company has begun reporting income tax
expense for financial reporting purposes during 1997. The Company will not have
a corresponding cash outflow for income tax expense until its net operating loss
carryforwards have been used up by taxable income.

YEAR 2000 COMPUTER SYSTEM COMPLIANCE

            The Company has numerous computer systems which were developed 
employing six digit data structures. Where date logic requires the year 2000 
or beyond, such data structures may produce inaccurate results. Management 
has implemented a program to comply with year 2000 requirements on a 
system-by-system basis. The program includes extensive systems testing and is 
expected to be completed by June 1998, at which time the Company's computer 
systems will be year 2000 compliant. Each of the systems has a solution that 
is potentially unique and often dependent on third-party software and 
developers. A failure of the Company to ensure that its computer systems are 
year 2000 compliant could have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
operations.

                                -27-
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

            Prior to completion of the offerings described below, the Company's
primary source of liquidity was net cash provided by operating activities and
shareholder loans. The Company does not have any outside debt-based liquidity
sources.

            On January 31, 1997, the Company distributed, at no cost, 2,148,191
non-transferable rights ("Rights") to its shareholders of record on such date.
Each of the Rights entitled the holder to purchase one unit (consisting of one
share of Common Stock and one 1997-A Warrant) on or before March 17, 1997 for
$6.80 per unit (the "Rights Offering"). Concurrently with the Rights Offering,
the Company redeemed its outstanding Class A and Class B Common Stock Purchase
Warrants (the "Public Warrants") for $.0008 per warrant (the "Warrant
Redemption") effective on March 17, 1997. In connection with the Warrant
Redemption, the Company modified the terms of the Public Warrants and offered to
holders of the Public Warrants (the "Warrant Holders") the right to exercise
each of the Public Warrants for the purchase of one unit (consisting of one
share of Common Stock and one 1997-A Warrant), at an exercise price of $6.00 per
unit (the "Warrant Modification Offering"). See "Description of
Securities--1997-A Warrants." Proceeds to the Company from the Warrant
Modification Offering and the Rights Offering (the "Offerings") were $2,154,357.
Accumulated offering costs of $323,076 were charged against the proceeds of the
Offerings. Pursuant to the Offerings, the Company issued in units 337,211 shares
of Common Stock and 337,211 1997-A Warrants.

            On November 12, 1997, the Company sold 1,495,000 shares of Common
Stock and 1,495,000 Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant in units consisting
of one share of Common Stock and one Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant
from which the Company received net proceeds of $6,050,000. Accumulated offering
costs of approximately $720,000 were charged against the proceeds of the
offering. See "--General--Units Offering" and "Description of Securities--Common
Stock" and "--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants."

            At September 30, 1997, the Company had working capital of $528,000,
compared to $16,000 at December 31, 1996. The increase was primarily related to
the net proceeds from the Warrant Modification Offering and the Rights Offering.
Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents and cash flows from
operations will be sufficient to fund its working capital needs over the next 12
months. See "Business--Growth Strategy." During the nine months ended September
30, 1997, net cash used by operating activities was $217,200, net cash used by
investing activities was $1,553,500 (consisting primarily of the SNSI Asset
Purchase), and net cash provided by financing activities was $1,958,200
(consisting primarily of proceeds from the Warrant Modification Offering and the
Rights Offering less payment of deferred offering costs). This represented an
average monthly negative cash flows from operating activities of $24,100. The
Company had a net increase in cash during this period of $187,500. The Company's
working capital needs over the next 12 months consist primarily of marketing,
distribution and administrative expenses.

            The Company made non-interest bearing advances to the John Hail
Agency, Inc. ("JHA"), a company controlled by John W. Hail, the Chief Executive
Officer and a major shareholder of the Company, of $22,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1996. During the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and the year
ended December 31, 1996, JHA made repayments to the Company of $9,683 and
$6,141, respectively. Effective June 30, 1996, the Company adopted a policy to
not make any further advances to JHA, and JHA executed a promissory note payable
to the Company in the principal amount of $73,964, bearing interest at eight
percent per annum and payable in 60 installments of $1,499 per month, including
interest. See "Certain Transactions."

            In connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company agreed to 
make installment purchase price payments of $750,000 and $1,050,000 by June 
29, 1998 and May 30, 1999, respectively, either by deliveries of additional 
shares of the Company's Common Stock or by cash payments or any combination 
thereof. The $750,000 installment payment will be reduced by the aggregate 
amount that gross revenues, net of returns and allowances, during the 
12-month period ended April 30, 1998, from (i) sales (other than sales of 
Choc-Quilizer) of the purchased network marketing organization, sales to 
Market America, Inc. (an unrelated network marketing company) and sales to 
retail outlet stores, are less than $2,500,000 and (ii) the Company's sales 
of Choc-Quilizer are less than $4,000,000 during such 12-month period. 
Furthermore, the $1,050,000 installment payment shall also be reduced by the 
aggregate amount that gross revenues, net of returns and allowances, during 
the 12-month period ended March 31, 1999, from such sales are less than 
$5,000,000 and less than $8,000,000, respectively, during such 12-month 


                                -28-
<PAGE>

period. The value of the Common Stock to be issued and delivered, if any, 
will be based upon the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on 
the last three trading days of the month preceding the month in which the 
applicable 12-month period ends.

                      DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN


            On February 27, 1998, the Company adopted the Advantage Marketing
Systems, Inc. 1998 Distributor Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") to provide the
distributors of the products and services offered by the Company ("Eligible
Persons") a simple and convenient method of purchasing shares of the Company's
Common Stock with minimum brokerage commissions or service charges. The
following description of certain matters relating to the Plan is a summary and
is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the Plan as of the date of
this Prospectus which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part. See "Additional Information."

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

            The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of the 
Company or any committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer 
the Plan (the "Plan Administrator"). As of the date of this Prospectus, the 
Plan is administered by a committee comprised of John W. Hail, Curtis H. 
Wilson and Roger P. Baresel, each of whom is a Director of the Company. The 
Board of Directors will appoint a trust company or a banking institution to 
serve as the Custodian of the Plan. The Custodian's duties include (i) 
establishment of the banking account of the Plan for deposit of Participants' 
contributions to the Plan, (ii) directing the designated broker-dealer to 
make purchases of Common Stock on behalf of the Participants, (iii) 
establishing with the Plan Administrator and the broker-dealer the procedures 
for withdrawal of Common Stock and, if applicable, other Company securities 
from the Plan by Participants, and (iv) holding of the shares of Common Stock 
in its name or its nominee as so directed by the Plan Administrator. The 
Board of Directors will appoint a member firm of the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc. to serve as the broker-dealer of the Plan (the 
"Broker-Dealer"). The duties of the Broker-Dealer include (i) establishing 
and maintaining an account for the Plan, (ii) purchasing Common Stock on 
behalf of the Participants pursuant to directions of the Custodian, (iii) 
furnishing to the Plan Administrator (A) confirmations of each Common Stock 
purchase transaction by the Pool and (B) monthly or quarterly account 
statements, (iv) holding of the shares of Common Stock in its name or its 
nominee as so directed by the Plan Administrator, (v) establishing with the 
Plan Administrator and the Custodian the procedures for withdrawal of Common 
Stock and other Company securities from the Plan by Participants. The Plan 
Administrator will direct the Custodian and Broker-Dealer with regard to 
their respective duties under the Plan by means of a written agreement or 
directions.

PURPOSE AND ADVANTAGES OF THE PLAN

            The Plan provides Eligible Persons electing to participate in the
Plan ("Participants") an opportunity and convenient method to acquire a
proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of Common Stock
utilizing monthly contributions to the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to
provide an additional incentive to Participants by enabling them to acquire
stock ownership in the Company, to attract and retain persons of ability as
independent distributors of the Company, and to entice such persons to exert
their best efforts on behalf of the Company. The Plan offers Participants an
affordable way to invest, through regularly contributing small amounts into the
Plan through purchase of the Participation Interests and saving on commissions
and fees that would otherwise be associated with purchase of Common Stock in the
open market. Eligible Persons may become a Participant by completion and
delivery of a Stock Purchase Agreement to the Company containing authorization
for drafting of the monthly minimum cash investments of $25 to purchase Common
Stock through the Plan and which may be accompanied by an initial cash
investment in excess of $25.

            In addition to the savings on commissions, regularly contributing to
the Plan, even in small increments, permits a Participant to benefit from dollar
cost averaging, possibly minimizing the adverse effects of volatile changes in
the price of the Company's Common Stock. As a fixed amount of money is regularly
invested over a long period of time, purchases are made at varying prices as the
market price for the Common Stock fluctuates. Over time, if a uniform number of
shares of stock were purchased each period, the average cost paid per share will
usually be less during lengthy periods of market price appreciation, while,
alternatively, during lengthy periods of market price depreciation, the average
cost paid per share will be usually higher. There can be no assurance that the


                                   -29-
<PAGE>

average cost paid per share of Common Stock acquired by a Participant through 
the Plan will be less than the market price of the Common Stock at any 
particular time or that a Participant's investment in the Common Stock will 
in whole or in part not be lost due to a number of factors including 
declining market price of the Common Stock and general market conditions. 
Accordingly, there is no assurance that a Participant's investment in the 
Common Stock through the Plan will result in any profit.

PARTICIPATION

            Participation in the Plan is entirely voluntary. The Company does 
not make any recommendation concerning participation in the Plan. 
Participation is not required as a requisite for becoming or continuing as a 
distributor of the Company's products and services. Any Eligible Person in 
good standing may participate in the Plan, provided the Eligible Person 
completes and submits the Stock Purchase Agreement and satisfies any other 
additional conditions that may be established by the Company following the 
date of this Prospectus and as provided in the Stock Purchase Agreement then 
in use by the Company.

PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN

            An Eligible Person may become a Participant in the Plan by 
completing and delivering a Stock Purchase Agreement to the Company. Stock 
Purchase Agreements may be obtained at any time upon written request of the 
Company. Participation in the Plan by an eligible distributor will be 
effective upon the Company's receipt and acceptance of such Eligible Person's 
properly completed and executed Stock Purchase Agreement and shall continue 
until terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE PLAN; ACCOUNTS

            Contributions to the Plan will be voluntary and may only be made 
by Participants through the purchase of the Participation Interests. For 
purposes of this offering, each Contribution to the Plan will constitute the 
purchase by the contributing Participant of the number of Participation 
Interests equal to the amount of such Contribution. The Company will not 
contribute to the Plan. An account ("Participant Account") will be 
established and maintained by the Plan Administrator for each Participant in 
which such Participant's contributions through purchase of the Participation 
Interests and from which purchases of Common Stock by the Plan on behalf of 
such Participant will be made and recorded and payment of the Annual Service 
Fees and Transaction Fees will be paid to the Company. All contributions to 
the Plan will be subject to the following:

            (i) Each Participant is required to make minimum monthly 
contributions to the Plan of $25.00 by drafting the checking, savings or 
other form of account maintained by such Participant at a financial 
institution pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement or such other 
appropriate form or authorization as may be required by the Company or the 
financial institution until such time that the Company receives written 
notification from such Participant of the revocation or amendment of the 
Stock Purchase Agreement or such other form of authorization. Any such 
revocation or amendment will be effective as of the first day of the month 
following the month in which the Company receives such written notification.

            (ii) Each Participant may also elect to make additional 
contributions to the Plan through purchase of Participation Interests by 
having the Company withhold all or any portion of the such Participant's 
regular gross commissions in lieu of otherwise receiving such amount of 
commissions. Such election may be made by written notification of the Company 
indicating the amount of such contribution. The notification will be 
effective with respect to the payment of such commission check or checks only 
if received by the Company not less than five days prior to payment of such 
commissions. However, the commissions payable to such Participant that may be 
contributed to the Plan will first be reduced by any offsets and other 
reductions, including without limitation payment of outstanding and unpaid 
product purchases and expenses. No Contribution to this Plan payable from a 
Participant's commission will be made on behalf of a Participant during any 
period that offsets and other reductions exceed the commission payable to 
such Participant. All Contributions to the Plan payable for a Participant's 
commissions shall be only in $1.00 increments. The election by a Participant 
to make contributions to the Plan payable from such Participant's commissions 
and the termination of such election must be made in writing and received by 
the Company, in accordance with the rules and procedures as shall be 
established, including any amendment thereof, by the Company or the Plan 
Administrator from time to time.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

            (iii) A Participant may also make direct contributions to the 
Plan in increments of $1.00 through purchase of Participation Interests for 
the purchase of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the 
Stock Purchase Agreement and the Plan.

PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK

            All purchases of Common Stock shall be subject to the following 
terms as well as the terms and conditions of the Plan, the agreement with the 
Broker-Dealer effecting purchases of the Common Stock and the policies and 
procedures that may be adopted and established by the Plan Administrator. 
Purchases of Common Stock, utilizing the Participant's contributions to the 
Plan, after payment or provision for payment of the Annual Service Fees and 
Transaction Fees ("Net Contributions"), received by the Plan during each 
month, will be made by the Plan on behalf of Participants during the last 
five Trading Days (as defined below) of such month. "Trading Days" means 
those days on which securities are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. 
Common Stock purchased during a month will be allocated to the each 
Participant Account based on the average price paid for all shares of Common 
Stock purchased during the month and the Participants' Net Contributions to 
the Plan during such month.

            The Custodian and Broker-Dealer shall have full discretion as to 
all matters relating to purchases of Common Stock, including without 
limitation, determining the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, to be 
purchased on any day or at any time of that day, the prices paid for such 
Common Stock, the markets on which such purchases are made, and the persons 
(including other brokers and dealers) from or through whom such purchases are 
made. The Custodian and Broker-Dealer shall apply each Participant's Net 
Contribution during each month, together with all other Net Contributions of 
other Participants, to the purchase on behalf of each Participant the maximum 
number of shares of Common Stock that can be purchased with the accumulated 
Net Contributions. Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Plan will only be 
purchased on the open market. Although not anticipated, any Net Contribution 
remaining in the Participant Account of a Participant after the purchase of 
such maximum number of shares of Common Stock at the end of each month will 
be retained in the Participant Account and treated as a part of the 
accumulation of Net Contributions for the following month.

            The timing of all purchases and the price to be paid for shares 
of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Plan will be determined solely by 
the Custodian and the Broker-Dealer. The Company, the Plan Administrator and 
the Participants will not have any control or influence on such purchases.

CERTAIN PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES

            Each executive officer, director and "Affiliated Person" (as 
defined below) of the Company is prohibited from bidding for, purchasing, 
attempting to bid for or purchase, or offering or selling any shares of 
Common Stock during the five Trading Days immediately preceding and 
immediately following the date on which the Plan purchases any shares of 
Common Stock, unless the offer or sale of Common Stock is made pursuant to a 
registration statement effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, and pursuant to registration or exemption from registration under 
any applicable state securities laws in which the executive officer, director 
and/or Affiliated Person of the Company is named as a selling shareholder. 
"Affiliated Person" includes any person that exercises any direct or indirect 
influence on, or control over (i) the amounts of Common Stock to be purchased 
by the Plan, (ii) the timing of or the manner in which the Common Stock is to 
be purchased by the Plan, and (iii) the selection of the Custodian or the 
Broker-Dealer through which such purchases are or may be made by the Plan

VOTING OF SHARES; DIVIDENDS

            The Company, the Plan Administrator, Custodian or Broker-Dealer 
will transmit to each Participant all proxy statements, annual reports, 
meeting notices and other shareholder communications with respect to the 
Common Stock acquired pursuant to and held under the Plan for and on behalf 
of the Participants. Proxies will be voted with respect to full shares of 
Common Stock held on behalf of a Participant as reflected in the Participant 
Account of such Participant in accordance with each Participant's 
instructions duly delivered to and received by the Company or the proxy. If a 
Participant does not direct the exercise of such voting rights with respect 
to any particular occasion for the exercise thereof, such voting rights will 
not be exercised with respect to such occasion.

            All cash dividends paid on the Common Stock received in Plan's 
account with the Custodian or the Broker- Dealer or its nominee will be 
reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock to the extent possible. All 
cash 

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

dividends as well as all dividends or other distributions on Common Stock, 
including other securities of the Company, shall be allocated among and 
credited to the Participants based upon the number of shares of Common Stock 
held for their benefit under the Plan on the record date of the of the 
dividend or other distribution declaration.

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

            Each individual Participant may designate his or her Beneficiary 
on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Plan Administrator and such 
designation may include primary and contingent beneficiaries. The designation 
may be changed by a Participant at any time by completing and delivering a 
new beneficiary designation form to the Plan Administrator, which shall only 
be effective upon receipt by the Plan Administrator of such form. In the 
absence of such written designation, the surviving spouse of the Participant 
shall be deemed to be the designated beneficiary, if any, and otherwise the 
estate of such Participant. In all events, the date of determination of a 
Participant's beneficiary shall be the date of death of a Participant.

PARTICIPANT REPORTS

            The Company or Plan Administrator, as the case may be, shall 
provide each Participant semi-annual reports on or about January 30 and July 
30 of each year of the number of shares of Common Stock acquired and held for 
the Participant under the Plan.

WITHDRAWAL OF COMMON STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

            Participants may withdraw, for resale or otherwise, at any time 
all or any portion of the whole shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, 
other securities of the Company held by the Plan for their benefit by 
providing written notification to the Company at its offices in Oklahoma 
City, Oklahoma. Such notification shall specify the number of whole shares of 
Common Stock and, if applicable, other Company securities to be withdrawn 
from the Plan and shall be accompanied by payment of the cost of issuance by 
the Company's transfer agent of the certificate or certificates evidencing 
the shares of Common Stock and other Company securities. Immediately 
following receipt of such notification, the Company or Plan Administrator 
shall notify the Custodian or Broker-Dealer or its nominee of the 
Participant's election to withdraw the shares of Common Stock and, if 
applicable, other Company Securities set forth in the notice, and immediately 
as soon as practicable following receipt of such notification, the Custodian 
or Broker-Dealer or its nominee shall take appropriate action to cause 
issuance and delivery of the certificate or certificates evidencing such 
shares of Common Stock or other securities.

            The procedures for withdrawal of Common Stock and, if applicable, 
other Company securities from the Plan shall be established by the Plan 
Administrator, the Broker-Dealer and the Custodian setting forth the 
additional procedures to be followed by Participants electing to withdraw the 
Common Stock and, if applicable, other Company securities held by the Plan 
for their benefit. The Plan will not sell or otherwise dispose of the Common 
Stock and other Company securities held for the benefit of the Participants. 
Any Participant desiring to sell shares of Common Stock or other Company 
securities held for the benefit of such Participant must comply with the 
withdrawal procedures prior to such sale. Each Participant shall be solely 
responsible for the costs and expenses, including without limitation any 
commissions, administrative fees, taxes or other costs incurred or payable in 
connection with the transfer, sale or other disposition of the shares of 
Common Stock and other Company securities held for the benefit of such 
Participant.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

            Each Participant will be obligated to pay (i) an Annual Service 
Fee of $5.00 initially upon electing to participate in the Plan and 
thereafter annually on January 31 of each year during which such Participant 
continues to participate in the Plan and (ii) a monthly Transaction Fee of 
$1.25 initially during each month that a Participant makes a contribution to 
the Plan. The Annual Service Fees and Transaction Fees will be paid to the 
Company from each Participant's contributions to the Plan. In addition, any 
brokerage commissions or service charges with respect to the purchase of 
Common Stock under the Plan will be allocated to the Participants for which 
Common Stock was purchased during the applicable month based upon the number 
of shares and fractional shares purchased on behalf of each Participant 
during such month. All brokerage commissions or service charges will be paid 
from the Participants' contributions to the Plan. The Company will pay all 
other expenses and costs of administering the Plan. Participants will be 
solely responsible for payment of any commissions, fees, administrative 
costs, taxes or 

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

other expenses with respect to the sale, transfer or other disposition of 
shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, other securities of the Company 
following their withdrawal by Participants from the Plan.

NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF PARTICIPATION INTERESTS

            No rights of a Participant under this Plan, including without 
limitation the rights in and to the Participation Interests and the 
Participant Account of such Participant, are assignable by the Participant 
other than by will or operation of law. Any attempt by a Participant or other 
person to assign, alienate, or create a security interest in or otherwise 
encumber, any of the Participant's interest under this Plan, or to subject 
the same to attachment, execution, garnishment or other legal or equitable 
process will be void.

TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION UNDER THE PLAN.

            A Participant's participation in this Plan shall immediately 
terminate if and when (i) the Participant voluntarily elects to cancel its 
participation in this Plan (such cancellation to be effective as of the date 
of receipt by the Company of a properly executed termination form evidencing 
such termination); or (ii) the Participant ceases to be eligible to 
participate in the Plan by reason of the termination of the Participant as an 
Eligible Person, the Participant's death (if an individual), dissolution or 
liquidation, or otherwise.

            Upon any termination of participation (other than by reason of a 
Participant's death), any funds contributed by the Participant that remain in 
the Participant Account of such Participant will be paid to the Participant, 
without payment of interest thereon, and any whole shares of Common Stock 
and, if applicable, other securities of the Company held by the Plan for the 
benefit of the Participant shall be delivered to the Participant as a 
withdrawal of such Common Stock and other securities from the Plan. Upon 
termination of participation by reason of a Participant's death, any funds 
contributed by the Participant that remain in the Participant Account of such 
Participant shall be paid, without payment of interest thereon, and any 
shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, other securities of the Company 
held by the Plan for the benefit of the Participant will be disbursed and 
distributed to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Participant 
or the estate of the Participant. See "--Beneficiary Designation." Any 
fractional shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, other securities of the 
Company to be delivered to a Participant upon termination of participation 
shall be rounded to the next whole share if such fraction is greater than .5 
or, if .5 or less, shall be retained by the Plan.

            A Participant whose participation in the Plan is terminated may, 
after a period of one month from the date participation is terminated, elect 
to again participate in this Plan so long as the Participant continues to be 
an Eligible Person and completes and delivers to the Company a written 
request to resume participation in the Plan.

TERM, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

            The Plan became effective on February 27, 1998, and will continue 
in effect until February 27, 2008, unless earlier terminated by the Company. 
The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time and from time to time 
amend, extend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan. No shares of Common 
Stock may be purchased pursuant to the Plan subsequent to its termination.

INDEMNIFICATION; LIABILITY LIMITATION

            The Company has agreed to indemnify the Plan Administrator and 
each member of any committee serving as Plan Administrator and the Custodian 
against certain liabilities and expenses by reason of the fact that any one 
of them served as Plan Administrator or member of any committee serving as 
Plan Administrator or Custodian of the Plan. Each of the Company, the Plan 
Administrator and each member serving or having served on a committee acting 
as Plan Administrator, the Broker-Dealer and Custodian will not be 
responsible or liable for any act done in good faith or for any good faith 
act or omission to act, including, without limitation, the failure to 
terminate a Participant's participation in the Plan upon such Participant's 
death prior to receipt of notice in writing of such death, or any act or 
omission to act with respect to the prices at which the Common Stock was 
purchased or the times at which such purchases were made.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

            The Company markets weight management, dietary supplement and 
personal care products through a network marketing organization in which 
independent distributors purchase products for resale to retail customers as 
well as for their own personal use. The number of the Company's active 
distributors has increased from approximately 8,100 at December 31, 1995, and 
10,600 at December 31, 1996 to approximately 20,600 at September 30, 1997. An 
"active" distributor is one who purchased $50 or more of the Company's 
products within the preceding 12 months.

            The distributors in the Company's network are encouraged to 
recruit interested people to become new distributors of the Company's 
products. New distributors are placed beneath the recruiting distributor in 
the "network" and are referred to by the Company as being in that 
distributor's "downline" organization. The Company's marketing plan is 
designed to provide incentives for distributors to build, maintain and 
motivate an organization of recruited distributors in their downline 
organization to maximize their earning potential. Distributors generate 
income by purchasing the Company's products at wholesale prices and reselling 
them at retail prices. Distributors also earn bonuses on product purchases 
generated by the distributors in their downline organization. See "--Network 
Marketing."

            The Company's growth strategy is to expand its product offerings 
and its network of independent distributors to increase sales. The Company 
believes that the introduction of new products addresses the demand of its 
customers, creates enthusiasm among distributors, serves as a promotional 
tool in selling other products and attracts new distributors. Since 1995, the 
Company has introduced nine new weight management and dietary supplement 
products to its product line. In 1997, the Company added 68 personal care and 
six additional dietary supplement products to its product line through the 
CII Acquisition, and through the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company added an 
additional 38 weight management and dietary supplement products and one 
personal care product. See "Risk Factors--Dependance on AM-300." In 
connection with the MMI Acquisition, the CII Acquisition and the SNSI Asset 
Purchase, the Company also acquired 1,690, 2,100 and 3,000 additional 
distributors, respectively. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General" and "--Growth 
Strategy."

            As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company's product line 
consists of (i) nine weight management products, (ii) 53 dietary supplement 
products and (iii) 69 personal care products consisting primarily of cosmetic 
and skin care products. See "--Products." The Company's products are 
manufactured by various manufacturers pursuant to formulations developed for 
the Company and are sold to the Company's independent distributors located in 
all 50 states and the District of Columbia. The Company also sells its 
personal care products to distributors in Greece who do not use the Company's 
network marketing system. See "--Products."

            The Company believes that its network marketing system is ideally 
suited to marketing weight management, dietary supplement and personal care 
products because sales of such products are strengthened by ongoing personal 
contact between distributors and their customers. The Company's network 
marketing system appeals to a broad cross-section of people, particularly 
those looking to supplement family income or who are seeking part-time work. 
Distributors are given the opportunity through Company-sponsored events and 
training sessions to network with other distributors, develop selling skills 
and establish personal goals. The Company supplements monetary incentives 
with other forms of recognition in order to motivate distributors further and 
to foster an atmosphere of excitement throughout its distributor network.

KEY OPERATING STRENGTHS

            The Company believes the source of its success is its support of 
and compensation program for its distributors. The Company provides its 
distributors with high-quality products and a highly attractive bonus program 
along with extensive Company-sponsored training and motivational events and 
services. The Company believes that it has established a strong operating 
platform to support distributors and facilitate future growth. The key 
components of this platform include the following:

            -           quality products, many of which emphasize herbs and
                        other natural ingredients to appeal to consumer demand
                        for products that contribute to a healthy lifestyle;

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

            -           a compensation program that permits distributors to earn
                        income from profits on the resale of products and
                        residual income from reorder bonuses on product
                        purchases within a distributor's downline organization,
                        as well as to participate in various non-cash awards, 
                        such as vacations offered through promotional programs;

            -           a superior communications program that seeks to
                        effectively and efficiently communicate with
                        distributors by utilizing new technologies and marketing
                        techniques, as well as motivational events and training
                        seminars;

            -           a continual expansion and improvement of the Company's 
                        product line and marketing plan; and

            -           employment of computer technology to provide timely and
                        accurate product order processing, weekly bonus payment
                        processing, detailed distributor earnings statements and
                        inventory management.

GROWTH STRATEGY

            The Company's growth strategy is to expand its product offerings 
and network of independent distributors to increase sales. An increase in the 
number of distributors generally results in increased sales volume, and new 
products create enthusiasm among distributors, serve as a promotional tool in 
selling other products, and attract new distributors. Since 1995, the Company 
has introduced nine new weight management and dietary supplement products to 
its product line. Through the CII Acquisition, the Company added 68 personal 
care and six dietary supplement products to its product line. Through the 
SNSI Asset Purchase which was consummated on April 16, 1997, the Company 
added 38 weight management and dietary supplement products and one personal 
care product to its product line. During 1997, the Company introduced 
Choc-Quilizer, and plans to introduce several additional products. In 
connection with the MMI Acquisition, the CII Acquisition and the SNSI Asset 
Purchase, the Company acquired approximately 1,690, 2,100 and 3,000 
additional distributors, respectively. See "--Products," "Risk 
Factors--Dependence on AM-300," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General."

            The Company will also seek to increase sales through initiatives 
designed to enhance sales in its existing markets. Such initiatives will 
include increasing the number of Company-sponsored training and motivational 
events and teleconferences, hiring additional distributor support personnel 
and establishing more convenient Regional Success Centers in targeted 
geographic markets.

            In addition, the Company will seek to grow through acquisition. 
The network marketing industry, which has relatively low barriers to entry, 
is fragmented and includes a number of small marketing companies, many of 
which are being acquired by larger companies. The Company's strategy is to 
capitalize on these market characteristics to achieve additional growth, both 
in terms of distributors and product diversification, through the acquisition 
of additional network marketing companies or the assets of such companies.

            The principal objective of the Company's acquisition strategy is 
to acquire other network marketing organizations that can be combined with 
the Company's network marketing organization, resulting in increased sales 
volume with minimal additional administrative cost. The Company will not 
consummate an acquisition unless, at the time, it is anticipated that such 
acquisition will contribute to profitability and provide positive cash flows 
from operations. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will in 
the future be able to acquire other network marketing organizations, or that 
such acquisitions will result in increased profitability and cash flows.

            The Company's growth strategy will require expanded distributor 
services and support, increased personnel, expanded operational and financial 
systems and implementation of additional control procedures. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will be able to manage expanded operations 
effectively. Furthermore, failure to implement financial, information 
management, and other systems and to add control procedures could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial 
condition. The Company's acquisitions could involve a number of risks 
including the diversion of management's attention to the assimilation of the 
acquired companies or assets, adverse short-term effects on the Company's 
results of operations, the amortization of acquired intangible assets, and 
the possibility that the acquired network marketing organization will not 
contribute to the Company's sales, profitability and cash flows, either in 
the near or long term, as anticipated.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

            Although the Company's business plan includes expansion and 
diversification of the Company's network marketing organization and products 
through the acquisition of businesses engaged in network marketing, there are 
currently no specific plans, negotiations, agreements or understandings with 
respect to any material acquisition.

            Although the Company intends to focus principally on the 
expansion of sales within the United States, the Company also intends to 
expand its sales activities in Greece. In addition, the Company is 
considering expansion into markets in other countries, although the Company 
has not formalized any such planned expansion as of the date of this 
Prospectus. The Company believes there are numerous additional international 
markets in which its network marketing organization and products could prove 
successful.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

            NETWORK MARKETING. The Company believes that network marketing is 
one of the fastest growing channels of distribution for certain types of 
goods and services. There are over 300 companies worldwide that utilize 
network marketing techniques. Industry sources report that in 1995 about 7.2 
million individuals in the United States were involved in direct selling (of 
which network marketing is a major segment) and that total direct sales were 
approximately $18 billion.

            WEIGHT MANAGEMENT AND DIETARY SUPPLEMENT PRODUCTS. The weight 
management and dietary supplement market is expanding because of heightened 
public awareness of reports about the positive effects of weight management 
and dietary supplements on health. Many individuals also use dietary 
supplements as a means of preventive health care. The Company believes 
several factors account for the steady growth of the dietary supplement 
market, including increased public awareness of the reported health benefits 
of dietary supplements and favorable demographic trends toward older 
Americans who are more likely to consume dietary supplements.

            Over the past several years, widely publicized reports and 
medical research findings have suggested a correlation between the 
consumption of dietary supplements and the reduced incidence of certain 
diseases. The United States government and universities generally have 
increased sponsorship of research relating to dietary supplements. In 
addition, Congress has established the Office of Alternative Medicine within 
the National Institutes of Health to foster research into alternative medical 
treatments, which may include natural remedies. Congress also recently 
established the Office of Dietary Supplements in the National Institutes of 
Health to conduct and coordinate research into the role of dietary 
supplements in maintaining health and preventing disease.

            In addition, the Company believes that the aging of the United 
States population, together with a corresponding increased focus on 
preventative health care measures, will continue to result in increased 
demand for dietary supplement products. According to Congressional findings 
that accompanied the DSHEA, national surveys show that almost 43 percent of 
Americans regularly consume vitamins, minerals and herbal supplements and 80 
percent consume these products at some time during their lives. The 
35-and-older age group of consumers represents 78 percent of the regular 
users of vitamin and mineral supplements. Based on data provided by the 
United States Bureau of the Census, from 1990 to 2010, the 35-and-older age 
group of the United States population is projected to increase by 32 percent, 
a significantly greater increase than the 20 percent projected increase for 
the United States population in general.

            The Company believes these trends have helped fuel the growth of 
the dietary supplement market. To meet the increased demand for dietary 
supplements, a number of successful dietary supplement products have been 
introduced over the past several years by the Company and others, including 
function specific products for weight loss, sports nutrition, menopause, 
energy and mental alertness. In addition, the use of a number of ingredients, 
such as chromium picolinate, shark cartilage, proanthocyanidins, citrin and 
colloidal minerals, have created opportunities for the Company and others to 
offer new products.

            PERSONAL CARE PRODUCTS. The personal care products market is a 
mature market that has been historically immune to swings in the economy. 
According to the Direct Selling Association, the worldwide retail market for 
personal care and wellness products exceeded $8.6 billion in 1995. 
Manufacturers and distributors of personal care products must continually 
improve existing products, introduce new products and communicate product 
advantages to consumers. With the aging population, there appears to be a 
growing demand for a wide spectrum of new products in the area of skin care.

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

PRODUCTS

            The Company's products include weight management products, 
dietary supplements and personal care products. The Company currently markets 
131 products, exclusive of variations in product size, colors or similar 
variations of the Company's basic product line.

            WEIGHT MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS. In 1996 and the nine months ended 
September 30, 1997, 41.7 and 35.8 percent, respectively, of the Company's net 
sales were derived from the seven weight management products that the Company 
markets under its Advantage Marketing Systems label. The following products 
represent the majority of the Company's weight management product sales:

            -           AM-300--A specialized blend of herbs, including an 
                        ephedra concentrate and chromium picolinate.

            -           AS-200--A specialized blend of herbs and nutrients in
                        addition to citrin and chromium picolinate.

            As a result of the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company added several 
additional weight management products to its product line that are marketed 
under its Advantage Marketing Systems or Stay 'N Shape labels, including 
Choc-Quilizer. Choc-Quilizer is an appetite suppression product made from a 
compound which occurs naturally in chocolate. It was originally developed by 
Dr. George Kargas to control chocolate cravings, and is believed by Dr. 
Kargas to decrease the appetite for other foods as well.

            DIETARY SUPPLEMENT PRODUCTS. In 1996 and the nine months ended 
September 30, 1997, 18.9 and 36.0 percent, respectively, of the Company's net 
sales were derived from 32 dietary supplement products containing herbs, 
vitamins, minerals and other natural ingredients. They are sold under the 
Advantage Marketing Systems, Stay 'N Shape and Chambre labels. The following 
products represent the majority of the Company's dietary supplement product 
sales:

            -           Shark Cartilage Complex--Manufactured from shark fin
                        cartilage and a blend of curcumin, boswellin and 
                        vanadium.

            -           Super Anti-Oxidant--A blend of enzyme-active and
                        phyto-nutrient rich whole food and herbal antioxidant
                        concentrates including proanthocyanidins.

            -           Colloidal Plus--A natural assortment of 77 plant-derived
                        colloidal minerals in a time release capsule.

            -           Chlorella--Fresh water green algae containing amino
                        acids of protein, nucleic acids, fibers, vitamins and
                        minerals.

            As a result of the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company has recently 
added several additional dietary supplement products that are being marketed 
under its Advantage Marketing Systems or Stay 'N Shape labels, including 
Formula of Life Colloidal Minerals, Stress-Eze and Spark of Life.

            PERSONAL CARE PRODUCTS. In January 1997, the Company acquired CII 
and its line of skin care, hair care, family care and cosmetic products, 
which dramatically expanded and improved the Company's product line. CII had 
been marketing its products for over 24 years. During the nine months ended 
September 30, 1997, 8.1 percent of the Company's sales were derived from 66 
personal care products marketed primarily under the Chambre label. The 
following products represent the majority of the Company's personal care 
product sales:

            -           NH2 Lift System--A three-part skin-care system combining
                        enzymatic exfoliation and isometric action to firm the
                        skin, build muscle tone and lift the face.

            -           Skin Care Collections--Include cleansing lotion, skin
                        freshener, oatmeal scrub, night treatment, moisturizer
                        and protein or moisture masque.

            -           Hair Care Systems--Include keratin shampoo, conditioning
                        rinse, reconstructor, hair hold, and style and set.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

            -           Chambre Cosmetics--Include foundations, mascara, 
                        lipliners, eyeliners, powder and cream blushes, lip 
                        colors and eyeshadows.

            PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS. The Company also derives revenues from the 
sale of various educational and promotional materials designed to aid its 
distributors in maintaining and building their businesses. Such materials 
include various sales aids, informational videotapes and cassette recordings, 
and product and marketing brochures.

            OTHER PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. Prior to focusing on weight 
management and dietary supplement products in October 1993, the Company 
marketed various packages of consumer benefit services provided by 
third-party providers. The consumer benefit services consist of a discount 
shopping service, a grocery coupon service, a discount travel service, 
pre-paid legal services, and a variety of other consumer benefits. The 
services under these consumer benefit programs, except for the pre-paid legal 
services, are provided by Consumer Benefit Services, Inc. The pre-paid legal 
services are provided by Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc. The Company no longer 
actively markets these programs, although it continues to maintain the 
existing memberships. These program membership sales represented less than 
one percent of the Company's net sales for the nine months ended September 
30, 1997.

            NEW PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION. The Company expands its product line 
through the development and acquisition of new products. New product ideas 
are derived from a number of sources, including trade publications, 
scientific and health journals, the Company's management, consultants, 
distributors and other outside parties. Potential product acquisitions are 
identified in a similar manner. Prior to introducing new products, the 
Company investigates product formulation as it relates to regulatory 
compliance and other issues. See "--Regulation."

            The Company does not maintain its own product development staff, 
but relies upon Chemins, Nittany and other manufacturers, independent 
researchers, vendor research departments, and others for such services. When 
a new product concept is identified or when an existing product must be 
reformulated, the new product concept or reformulation project is generally 
submitted to Chemins or Nittany for technical development and implementation. 
The Company is continually reviewing its existing products for potential 
enhancements to improve their effectiveness and marketability. While the 
Company considers its product formulations to be proprietary trade secrets, 
such formulations are not patented and there can be no assurance that another 
company will not replicate one or more of the Company's products.

            RECENT REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS. A significant portion of the 
Company' net sales has been, and is expected to continue to be, dependent 
upon the Company's AM-300 product. The Company's net sales of AM-300 
represented 28.9 percent, 39.1 percent, and 31.5 percent of net sales for the 
nine months ended September 30, 1997 and for the fiscal years 1996 and 1995, 
respectively. One of the herbal ingredients in AM-300 is ephedra concentrate, 
which contains naturally occurring ephedrine. Ephedrine products have been 
the subject of adverse publicity in the United States and other countries 
relating to alleged harmful effects, including the deaths of several 
individuals. Currently, the Company offers AM-300 only in the United States 
(except in certain states in which regulations may prohibit or restrict the 
sale of such product). On April 10, 1996, the Food and Drug Administration 
("FDA") issued a statement warning consumers not to purchase or ingest 
natural sources of ephedrine within dietary supplements claiming to produce 
certain effects (none of which are claimed for the Company's product). On 
June 4, 1997, the FDA proposed a regulation which will, if it becomes 
effective as proposed, significantly limit the ability of the Company to sell 
AM-300 and any other weight management products which contain ephedra or 
ephedrine. See "Risk Factors--Regulation" and "--Regulation."

            PRODUCT PROCUREMENT AND DISTRIBUTION; INSURANCE.  The Company's 
weight management and dietary supplement products are manufactured by Chemins 
and Nittany utilizing the Company's product formulations.  The Company's 
personal care products are manufactured by GDMI, Inc., Custom Cosmetics, Inc. 
and Columbia Cosmetics, Inc.

            In connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company succeeded 
to the rights and obligations of Nation of Winners International, Inc. under 
the Marketing and Distribution Agreement with Tinos, L.L.C. (the "Marketing 
Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company acquired the exclusive worldwide 
right to market Choc-Quilizer for the purpose of appetite suppression and 
weight control through December 6, 2006. The Marketing Agreement is subject 
to termination by Tinos, L.L.C. upon 60 days' written notice in the event the 
Company does not obtain a sales volume of 300,000 units of 90 count capsules 
or caplets of Choc-Quilizer during 

                                      -38-
<PAGE>

the period from the date of the license through December 5, 1998, or 
reasonable sales volumes during each 12-month period thereafter.

            The Company has not generally entered into long-term supply 
agreements with the manufacturers of its products or the third-party 
providers of its consumer benefit services. However, the Company customarily 
enters into contracts with its manufacturers and suppliers to establish the 
terms and conditions of purchases. The Company's arrangements with Chemins or 
Nittany may be terminated by either party upon the completion of any 
outstanding purchase orders. Therefore, there can be no assurance that 
Chemins or Nittany will continue to manufacture products for the Company or 
provide research, development and formulation services. In the event the 
Company's relationship with any of its manufacturers becomes impaired, the 
Company would be required to obtain alternative sources for its products. In 
such event, there can be no assurance that the manufacturing processes of the 
Company's current manufacturers could be replicated by another manufacturer. 
Although the Company has not previously experienced product unavailability or 
supply interruptions, the Company believes that it would be able to obtain 
alternative sources of its weight management, dietary supplement and personal 
care products. A significant delay or reduction in availability of products, 
however, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, 
operating results and financial condition.

            The Company, like other marketers of products that are intended 
to be ingested, faces an inherent risk of exposure to product liability 
claims in the event that the use of its products results in injury. The 
Company generally does not obtain contractual indemnification from parties 
manufacturing its products. However, the Company has agreed to indemnify 
Tinos, L.L.C., the licensor of Choc-Quilizer, against any product liability 
claims arising from the Choc-Quilizer product marketed by the Company, and 
the Company has agreed to indemnify Chemins against claims arising from 
products manufactured by Chemins and marketed by the Company. The Company 
does not maintain any product liability insurance coverage. Therefore, 
product liability claims against the Company could result in material losses 
to the Company.

            All of the Company's products include a customer satisfaction 
guarantee. Within 30 days of purchase, any retail customer or distributor who 
is not satisfied with a Company product for any reason may return it or any 
unused portion to the distributor from whom it was purchased or to the 
Company for a full refund or credit toward the purchase of another Company 
product. Distributors may obtain replacements from the Company for products 
returned to them by retail customers if they return such products to the 
Company on a timely basis. Furthermore, in most jurisdictions, the Company 
maintains a buy-back program pursuant to which it will repurchase products 
sold to a distributor (subject to a 10 percent restocking charge), provided 
that the distributor resigns from the Company and returns the product in 
marketable condition within 12 months of original purchase, or longer where 
required by applicable state law or regulations. The Company believes this 
buy-back policy addresses a number of the regulatory compliance issues 
pertaining to network marketing systems. See "--Regulation--Network Marketing 
System." For the year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended 
September 30, 1997, the cost of products returned to the Company was four 
percent and three percent of gross sales, respectively.

            The Company's weight management, dietary supplement and personal 
care products are distributed principally from the Company's facilities in 
Oklahoma City or from its Regional Success Centers. Products are warehoused 
in Oklahoma City and at selected Regional Success Centers.

NETWORK MARKETING

            The Company markets its products through independent distributors 
in a network marketing organization, which consists of more than 23,300 
"active" distributors as of the date of this Prospectus. At December 31, 1996 
and September 30, 1997, the Company had 10,600 and 20,600 "active" 
distributors compared to 8,100 and 8,800 "active" distributors at December 
31, 1995 and September 30, 1996, respectively. A distributor is considered 
"active" if the distributor purchased $50 or more of the Company's products 
within the preceding 12 months. Distributors are independent contractors who 
purchase products directly from the Company for resale to retail consumers. 
Distributors may elect to work on a full-time or part-time basis. The Company 
believes that its network marketing system appeals to a broad cross-section 
of people, particularly those seeking to supplement family income, start a 
home business or pursue employment opportunities other than conventional, 
full-time employment, and that a majority of its distributors therefore work 
on a part-time basis.



                                      -39-

<PAGE>

            Management believes that its network marketing system is ideally 
suited to marketing its products because sales of such products are 
strengthened by ongoing personal contact between retail consumers and 
distributors, many of whom use the Company's products themselves. Sales are 
made through direct personal sales presentations as well as presentations 
made to groups in a format known as "opportunity meetings" which are designed 
to encourage individuals to purchase the Company's products by informing 
potential customers and distributors of the Company's products and results of 
personal use, and the potential financial benefits of becoming a distributor. 
The objective of the marketing program is to develop a broad based network 
marketing organization of distributors within a relatively short period. The 
Company's marketing efforts are typically focused on middle-income families 
and individuals.

            The Company's network marketing program encourages individuals to 
develop their own downline network marketing organizations. Each new 
distributor is linked to an existing distributor that personally enrolled the 
new distributor into the Company's network marketing organization or is 
linked to an existing distributor in the enrolling distributor's downline as 
specified by the enrolling distributor at the time of enrollment. Growth of a 
distributor's downline organization is dependent on the recruiting and 
enrollment of additional distributors by the distributor or the distributors 
within such distributor's downline organization.

            Distributors are encouraged to assume responsibility for training 
and motivation of other distributors within their downline organization and 
to conduct opportunity meetings as soon as they are appropriately trained. 
The Company strives to maintain a high level of motivation, morale, 
enthusiasm and integrity among the members of its network marketing 
organization. The Company believes this result is achieved through a 
combination of products, sales incentives, personal recognition of 
outstanding achievement, and quality promotional materials. Under the 
Company's network marketing program, distributors purchase sales aids and 
brochures from the Company and assume the costs of advertising and marketing 
the Company's products to their customers as well as the direct cost of 
recruiting new distributors. The Company believes that this form of sales 
organization is cost efficient for the Company because direct sales expenses 
are primarily limited to the payment of bonuses, which are only incurred when 
products are sold.

            The Company continually strives to improve its marketing 
strategies, including the compensation structure within its network marketing 
organization and the variety and mix of products offered by the Company, to 
attract and motivate distributors. These efforts are designed to increase 
distributors' monthly product sales and the recruiting of new distributors.

            To aid distributors in easily meeting the monthly personal 
product purchase requirement to qualify for bonuses, the Company developed 
the "Q-Club." Under the Q-Club purchasing arrangement, distributors establish 
a standing product order for an amount in excess of $50 which is 
automatically charged to their credit cards or deducted from their bank 
accounts each month prior to shipment of the ordered products. At December 
31, 1995 and 1996, and at September 30, 1997, the Company had 2,300, 3,800 
and 6,914 distributors participating in the Q-Club, respectively.

            Growth of the network marketing organization is in part 
attributable to the Company's bonus structure which provides for payment of 
bonuses on product purchases made by other distributors in a distributor's 
downline organization. Distributors derive income from several sources. 
First, distributors earn profits by purchasing the Company's products at 
wholesale prices (which are discounted up to 40 percent from suggested retail 
prices) and selling the Company's products to customers at retail. Second, 
distributors who establish their own downline distributor organizations may 
earn bonuses of up to 15 percent on product purchases by distributors within 
the first four levels of their downline organization. Third, distributors, 
who have personally enrolled three active distributors and have (i) $300 per 
month of Q-Club product purchases by personally enrolled distributors on 
their first level and (ii) $300 per month of Q-Club product purchases on 
their second level, become Directors and have the opportunity to build an 
additional Director downline organization and receive additional bonuses of 
four percent on product purchases by such downline organization. Fourth, 
distributors, who have personally enrolled six active distributors and have 
(i) $600 per month of Q-Club product purchases by personally enrolled 
distributors on their first level and (ii) $600 per month of Q-Club product 
purchases on their second level, become Silver Directors and have the 
opportunity to build an additional Silver Director downline organization and 
receive additional bonuses of five percent on product purchases by such 
downline organization. Fifth, Silver Directors who have personally enrolled 
twelve active distributors and have (i) $1,200 per month of Q-Club product 
purchases by personally enrolled 


                                      -40-
<PAGE>

distributors on their first level and (ii) $1,200 per month of Q-Club product 
purchases on their second level, become Gold Directors and have the 
opportunity to receive an additional bonus of three percent on product 
purchases by their Silver Director downline organization. In addition, Gold 
Directors have the opportunity to receive generation bonuses of up to three 
percent on the product purchases by distributors of Silver Director downline 
organizations that originate from their Silver Director downline organization 
through four generations. Sixth, Gold Directors who maintain the Gold 
Director requirements and develop four Gold Directors, each one from a 
separate leg of their downline organization, become Platinum Directors and 
have the opportunity to build an additional Platinum Director downline 
organization and receive additional bonuses of five percent on product 
purchases by such downline organization. Combining these levels of bonuses, 
the Company's total "pay-out" on products subject to bonuses is approximately 
67 percent of the bonus value of product sales. However, in the case of a 
distributor who is not qualified to receive bonuses (I.E., a distributor who 
has not purchased $50 or more of the Company's products during the preceding 
month), the bonuses otherwise payable on the first two levels of those 
distributors' downline organizations are retained by the Company. Each 
distributor in the Company's network marketing organization has a Director, a 
Silver Director, a Gold Director and a Platinum Director, and each Director 
has a Silver Director, a Gold Director and a Platinum Director, and each 
Silver Director has a Gold Director and a Platinum Director, and each Gold 
Director has a Platinum Director. As of the date of this Prospectus, the 
Company has 87 Silver Directors and 34 Gold Directors and six Platinum 
Directors.

            Under the Company's Regional Success Center Program, the Company, 
in its sole discretion, designates distributors to serve as Regional Success 
Center Directors, and provides them special training and support. Each 
Regional Success Center Director functions as a product distribution center 
for the Company. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has 42 
Regional Success Center Directors.

            The Company maintains a computerized system for processing 
distributor orders and calculating bonus payments which enables it to remit 
such payments promptly to distributors. The Company believes that prompt and 
accurate remittance of bonuses is vital to recruiting and maintaining 
distributors, as well as increasing their motivation and loyalty to the 
Company. The Company makes bonus payments to its distributors weekly, based 
upon the previous week's product purchases, compared to most network 
marketing companies that only make monthly bonus payments. During the nine 
months ended September 30, 1997, and the year ended December 31, 1996 and 
1995, the Company paid bonuses to 4,000, 3,300 and 1,900 distributors, 
respectively, in the aggregate amount of $3,456,360, $2,727,330 and 
$1,823,058, respectively.

            The Company is committed to providing the best possible support 
to its distributors. Distributors in the Company's network marketing 
organization are provided training guides and are given the opportunity to 
participate in Company training programs. The Company sponsors regularly 
scheduled conference calls for its distributors which include testimonials 
from successful distributors and satisfied customers as well as current 
product and promotional information. The Company produces a monthly 
newsletter which provides information on the Company, its products and 
network marketing system. The newsletter is designed to help recruit new 
distributors by answering commonly asked questions and includes product 
information and business building information. The newsletter also provides a 
forum for the Company to give additional recognition to its distributors for 
outstanding performance. In addition, the Company regularly sponsors training 
sessions for its distributors across the United States, at which distributors 
are provided the opportunity to learn more about the Company's products and 
selling techniques so that they can more rapidly build their businesses. The 
Company produces comprehensive and attractive four color catalogues and 
brochures that display and describe the Company's products.

            Furthermore, in order to facilitate its continued growth and 
support distributor activities, the Company continually upgrades its 
management information and telecommunications systems. These systems are 
designed to provide, among other things, financial and operating data for 
management, timely and accurate product ordering, bonus payment processing, 
inventory management and detailed distributor records. Since 1994, the 
Company has invested more than $500,000 to enhance its computer and 
telecommunications systems.

REGULATION

            In the United States as well as in any foreign markets in which 
the Company may sell its products, the Company will be subject to laws, 
regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar 
constraints (as applicable, at the federal, state and local levels) 
(hereinafter "regulations") including, among others, regulations 

                                      -41-
<PAGE>

pertaining to (i) the formulation, manufacture, packaging, labeling, 
distribution, importation, sale and storage of the Company's products, (ii) 
product claims and advertising (including direct claims and advertising by 
the Company as well as claims and advertising by distributors, for which the 
Company may be held responsible), and (iii) the Company's network marketing 
organization.

            PRODUCTS. The formulation, manufacture, packaging, storing, 
labeling, advertising, distribution and sale of the Company's products are 
subject to regulation by federal agencies, including the Food and Drug 
Administration (the "FDA"), the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), the 
Consumer Product Safety Commission (the "CPSC"), the United States Department 
of Agriculture (the "USDA"), the Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") 
and the United States Postal Service. The Company's activities are also 
regulated by various agencies of the states, localities and foreign countries 
in which the Company's products are or may be manufactured, distributed and 
sold. The FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation, manufacture and 
labeling of weight management products, dietary supplements, and cosmetics 
and skin care products, such as those distributed by the Company. FDA 
regulations require the Company and its suppliers to meet relevant regulatory 
good manufacturing practices for the preparation, packaging and storage of 
these products. Good manufacturing practices for dietary supplements have yet 
to be promulgated but are expected to be proposed. The Dietary Supplement 
Health and Education Act of 1994 (the "DSHEA") revised the provisions of the 
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act ( the "FDCA") concerning the composition 
and labeling of dietary supplements and, the Company believes, is generally 
favorable to the dietary supplement industry. The DSHEA created a new 
statutory class of "dietary supplements." This new class includes vitamins, 
minerals, herbs, amino acids and other dietary substances for human use to 
supplement the diet, and DSHEA grandfathered, with certain limitations, 
dietary ingredients that were on the market before October 15, 1994. A 
dietary supplement which contains a new dietary ingredient (I.E., one not on 
the market before October 15, 1994) will require evidence of a history of use 
or other evidence of safety establishing that it is reasonably expected to be 
safe. Manufacturers of dietary supplements which make a "statement of 
nutritional support" must have substantiation that the statement is truthful 
and not misleading.

            The majority of the Company's sales come from products that are 
classified as dietary supplements under the FDCA. The labeling requirements 
for dietary supplements have not been clearly established. In December 1995, 
the FDA issued proposed regulations which govern the labeling of dietary 
supplements, including how to declare nutritional information, how to make 
permissible "statements of nutritional support" and when additional, defined 
terminology may be used on dietary supplements. The period for comments on 
the proposed regulations expired on December 2, 1997; however, final 
regulations have been issued. The proposed regulations, if adopted as 
proposed, would require the Company to revise a substantial number of its 
labels at an undetermined, but likely immaterial, expense to the Company. The 
FDA has not announced an exact date that the final regulations will become 
effective. However, the FDA has stated that the proposed regulations will not 
become effective until 180 days following their publication in the Federal 
Register. Many states have also recently become active in the regulation of 
dietary supplement products and may require the Company to modify the 
labeling or formulation of certain products sold in those states.

            As a marketer of products that are ingested by consumers, the 
Company is subject to the risk that one or more of the ingredients in its 
products may become the subject of adverse regulatory action. For example, 
one of the ingredients in AM-300 is ephedra herb concentrate, which contains 
naturally-occurring ephedrine. Ephedrine products have been the subject of 
adverse publicity in the United States and other countries relating to 
alleged harmful effects, including the deaths of several individuals.

            Many companies manufacture products containing various amounts of 
ephedra or ephedrine, and the FDA has on record approximately 900 reports of 
adverse reactions to these products. On April 10, 1996, the FDA issued a 
statement warning consumers not to purchase or ingest dietary supplements 
containing ephedrine that are claimed to produce such effects as euphoria, 
heightened awareness, increased sexual sensations or increased energy, 
because these products pose significant adverse health risks, including 
dizziness, headache, gastrointestinal distress, irregular heartbeat, heart 
palpitations, heart attack, strokes, seizures, psychosis and death. The 
Company markets AM-300 principally as an aid in weight management.

            On June 4, 1997, the FDA proposed a regulation that will, if it 
becomes effective as proposed, significantly limit the ability of the Company 
to sell dietary supplements that contain ephedra or ephedrine, including the 

                                      -42-
<PAGE>

Company's AM-300 product, which for the nine months ended September 30, 1997, 
represented 28.9 percent of the Company's net sales. Currently, the Company 
offers AM-300 only where permitted in the United States. The proposed 
regulation was subject to comment during the period ended August 18, 1997, 
which period was extended until December 2, 1997. The FDA has indicated that 
the proposed regulations will become effective 180 days following issuance of 
the final regulation. The Company has been informed that several trade 
organizations in the dietary supplement industry intend to comment on the 
proposed regulation, requesting substantial modifications. As of the date of 
this Prospectus, it is not possible to predict whether the FDA will make any 
material changes to the proposed regulation based upon comments.

            The Company is a member of a non-profit corporation, The Ephedra 
Research Foundation (the "Foundation"), which has contracted with Science, 
Toxicology Technology Consultants, Inc., a consulting firm, to conduct a 
clinical study concerning the safety of ephedrine when ingested in 
combination with caffeine as a dietary supplement. This study is being 
carried out by researchers at two nationally recognized hospitals associated 
with two major universities. The results of the study are expected by April 
30, 1998. The Company anticipates that the Foundation will request an 
extension of the FDA comment period until the Foundation receives a report on 
one or both phases of the study.

            There can be no assurance that the FDA will not impose additional 
regulations, including regulations prohibiting, limiting potencies or placing 
other restrictions on the sale of products containing ephedra or ephedrine. 
In addition, several states either regulate or are considering regulating 
ephedrine-containing products as controlled substances or are prohibiting the 
sale of such products by persons other than licensed pharmacists. There is a 
risk that the Company's AM-300 product, which contains ephedra concentrate, 
may become subject to further federal, state, local or foreign laws or 
regulations. These regulations could require the Company to (i) withdraw or 
reformulate its AM-300 product with reduced ephedrine levels or with a 
substitute for ephedra or ephedrine, (ii) relabel its product with different 
warnings or revised directions for use, or (iii) not make certain statements, 
possibly including weight loss claims, with respect to any product containing 
ephedra or ephedrine. Even in the absence of further laws or regulation, the 
Company may elect to reformulate or relabel its AM-300 product containing 
ephedra or ephedrine. While the Company believes that its AM-300 product 
could be reformulated and relabeled, there can be no assurance that 
reformulation and relabeling would not have an adverse effect on sales of 
such product or related products even though such products do not contain 
ephedra or ephedrine. See "--Products--Recent Regulatory Developments."

            In foreign markets, prior to commencing operations and prior to 
making or permitting sales of its products, the Company may be required to 
obtain an approval, license or certification from the country's ministry of 
health or comparable agency. Prior to entering a new market in which a formal 
approval, license or certificate is required, the Company will be required to 
work extensively with local authorities to obtain the requisite approvals. 
The approval process generally requires the Company to present each product 
and product ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in some instances, 
arrange for testing of products by local technicians for ingredient analysis. 
Such approvals may be conditioned on reformulation of the Company's products 
or may be unavailable with respect to certain products or ingredients.

            PRODUCT CLAIMS AND ADVERTISING. The FTC and certain states 
regulate advertising, product claims, and other consumer matters, including 
advertising of the Company's products. All advertising, promotional and 
solicitation materials used by distributors must be approved by the Company 
prior to use. The FTC has in the past several years instituted enforcement 
actions against several dietary supplement companies for false and misleading 
advertising of certain products. In addition, the FTC has increased its 
scrutiny of the use of testimonials, such as those utilized by the Company. 
While the Company has not been the target of FTC enforcement action, there 
can be no assurance that the FTC will not question the Company's advertising 
or other operations in the future. In addition, there can be no assurance 
that a state will not interpret product claims presumptively valid under 
federal law as illegal under that state's regulations, or that future FTC 
regulations or decisions will not restrict the permissible scope of such 
claims. The Company also is subject to the risk of claims by distributors and 
customers who may file actions on their own behalf, as a class or otherwise, 
and may file complaints with the FTC or state or local consumer affairs 
offices. These agencies may take action on their own initiative against the 
Company for alleged advertising or product claim violations or on a referral 
from distributors, consumers or others. Remedies sought in such actions may 
include consent decrees and the refund of amounts paid by the complaining 
distributor or consumer, refunds to an entire 

                                      -43-
<PAGE>

class of distributors or customers, or other damages, as well as changes in 
the Company's method of doing business. A complaint based on a practice of 
one distributor, whether or not that practice was authorized by the Company, 
could result in an order affecting some or all distributors in the particular 
state, and an order in one state could influence courts or government 
agencies in other states considering similar matters. Proceedings resulting 
from these complaints may result in significant defense costs, settlement 
payments or judgements and could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company.

            NETWORK MARKETING SYSTEM. The Company's network marketing system 
is subject to a number of federal and state regulations administered by the 
FTC and various state agencies. Regulations applicable to network marketing 
organizations are generally directed at ensuring that product sales are 
ultimately made to consumers (as opposed to other distributors) and that 
advancement within such organization be based on sales of the organizations' 
products, rather than investment in the organization or other non-retail 
sales related criteria. For instance, in certain markets there are limits on 
the extent to which distributors may earn royalties on sales generated by 
distributors that were not directly sponsored by the distributor.

            The Company's network marketing organization and activities are 
subject to scrutiny by various state and federal governmental regulatory 
agencies to ensure compliance with various types of laws and regulations, 
including but not limited to securities, franchise investment, business 
opportunity and criminal laws prohibiting the use of "pyramid" or "endless 
chain" types of selling organizations. The compensation structure of such 
selling organizations is very complex, and compliance with all of the 
applicable laws is uncertain in light of evolving interpretation of existing 
laws and the enactment of new laws and regulations pertaining to this type of 
product distribution. The Company has an ongoing compliance program with 
assistance from counsel experienced in the laws and regulations pertaining to 
network sales organizations. The Company is not aware of any legal actions 
pending or threatened by any governmental authority against the Company 
regarding the legality of the Company's network marketing operations.

            The Company currently has independent distributors in all 50 
states and the District of Columbia. The Company reviews the requirements of 
various states as well as seeks legal advice regarding the structure and 
operation of its selling organization to insure that it complies with all of 
the applicable laws pertaining to network sales organizations. On the basis 
of these efforts and the experience of its management, the Company believes 
that it is in compliance with all applicable federal and state regulatory 
requirements. Although the Company believes that the structure and operation 
of its network marketing organization complies with all of the applicable 
laws pertaining to network sales organizations, the Company has not obtained 
any no-action letters or advance rulings from any federal or state security 
regulator or other governmental agency concerning the legality of the 
Company's operations, nor is the Company relying on an opinion of counsel to 
such effect. The Company accordingly remains subject to the risk that, in one 
or more of its markets, its marketing system could be found to not be in 
compliance with applicable regulations. Failure by the Company to comply with 
these regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company in a 
particular market or in general.

            The Company is subject to the risk of challenges to the legality 
of its network marketing organization, including claims by the Company's 
distributors, both individually and as a class, that the Company's network 
marketing program is operated as an illegal "pyramid scheme" in violation of 
federal securities laws, state unfair practice and fraud laws and the 
Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act ("RICO"). Two important 
FTC cases have established legal precedent for determining whether a network 
marketing program constitutes an illegal pyramid scheme. The first, IN RE 
KOSCOT INTERPLANETARY, INC., 86 F.T.C. 1106 (1975), set forth a standard for 
determining whether a marketing system constituted a pyramid scheme. Under 
the KOSCOT standard, a pyramid scheme is characterized by the participants' 
payment of money to a company in return for (i) the right to sell a product 
and (ii) the right to receive, in return for recruiting other participants 
into the program, rewards that are unrelated to sales of the product to 
ultimate users. Applying the KOSCOT standard in IN RE AMWAY CORP., 93 F.T.C. 
618 (1979), the FTC determined that a company will not be classified as 
operating a pyramid scheme if the company adopts and enforces policies that 
in fact encourage retail sales to consumers and prevent "inventory loading" 
(I.E., distributors' purchases of large quantities of non-returnable 
inventory to obtain the full amount of compensation available under the 
system). In AMWAY, the FTC found that the marketing system of Amway 
Corporation ("Amway") did not constitute a pyramid scheme, noting the 
following Amway policies: (i) participants were required to buy back, from 
any person they recruited, any saleable, unsold inventory upon the recruit's 
leaving 

                                      -44-
<PAGE>

Amway; (ii) every participant was required to sell at wholesale or retail at 
least 70 percent of the products bought in a given month in order to receive 
a bonus for that month; and (iii) in order to receive a bonus in a month, 
each participant was required to submit proof of retail sales made to 10 
different consumers.

            The Company believes that its network marketing system would not 
be classified as a pyramid scheme under the standards set forth in KOSCOT, 
AMWAY, and other applicable law. In particular, in most jurisdictions, the 
Company makes available an inventory buy-back program to address the problem 
of "inventory loading." Pursuant to this program, the Company will repurchase 
products sold to a distributor (subject to a 10 percent restocking charge) 
provided that the distributor resigns from the Company and returns the 
product in marketable condition within 12 months of original purchase, or 
longer where required by applicable state law or regulations. The Company's 
literature provided to distributors describes the Company's buy-back program. 
In addition, pursuant to the Company's agreements with its distributors, each 
distributor represents that at least 70 percent of the products he or she 
buys will be sold to non-distributors. However, as is the case with other 
network marketing companies, the bonuses paid by the Company to its 
distributors are based on product purchases including purchases of products 
that are personally consumed by the downline distributors and such products 
may be considered an inventory loading purchase. Furthermore, distributors' 
bonuses are based on the wholesale prices received by the Company on product 
purchases or, in some cases based upon the particular product purchased, on 
prices less than the wholesale prices. In the event of challenges to the 
legality of its network marketing organization by distributors, the Company 
would be required to demonstrate that the Company's network marketing 
policies are enforced, and that the network marketing program and 
distributors' compensation thereunder serve as safeguards to deter inventory 
loading and encourage retail sales to the ultimate consumers.

            In a recent case, WEBSTER V. OMNITRITION INTERNATIONAL, INC., 79 
F.3d 776 (9th Cir. 1996), the United States Court of Appeals held that a 
class action brought against Omnitrition International, Inc. ("Omnitrition"), 
a multilevel marketing seller of nutritional supplements and skin care 
products, should be allowed to proceed to trial. The plaintiffs, former 
distributors of Omnitrition's products, alleged that Omnitrition's selling 
program was an illegal pyramid scheme and claimed violations of RICO and 
several federal and state fraud and securities laws. Despite evidence that 
Omnitrition complied with the AMWAY standards, the court ruled that a jury 
would have to decide whether Omnitrition's policies, many of which apparently 
were similar to compliance policies adopted by the Company, were adequate to 
ensure that Omnitrition's marketing efforts resulted in a legitimate product 
marketing and distribution structure and not an illegal pyramid scheme. The 
Company believes that its marketing and sales programs differ in significant 
respects from those of Omnitrition, and that the Company's marketing program 
complies with applicable law. In view of the holding of the court of appeals 
in the OMNITRITION case, however, there can be no assurance that, if 
challenged, the Company would prevail against private plaintiffs alleging 
violations of anti-pyramid and securities laws. A final ruling against the 
Company in such a suit could result in the imposition of material liability 
against the Company. Moreover, even if the Company were successful in 
defending against such suit, the costs of such defense, both in dollars spent 
and in management time, could be material and adversely affect the Company's 
operating results. In addition, the negative publicity of such a suit could 
adversely affect the Company's sales and ability to attract and retain 
distributors.

            Nutrition for Life International, Inc. ("NFLI"), a competitor of 
the Company and a multi-level seller of personal care and nutritional 
supplements, recently announced that it had settled class action litigation 
brought by distributors alleging fraud in connection with the operation of a 
pyramid scheme. NFLI agreed to pay in excess of $3 million to settle claims 
brought on behalf of its distributors, and related securities fraud claims 
brought on behalf of certain purchasers of its stock. The Company believes 
that its marketing program is significantly different from the program 
allegedly promoted by NFLI and that the Company's marketing program is not in 
violation of anti-pyramid laws or regulations. However, there can be no 
assurance that claims similar to the claims brought against NFLI and other 
multi-level marketing organizations will not be made against the Company, or 
that the Company would prevail in the event any such claims were made. 
Furthermore, even if the Company were successful in defending against any 
such claims, the costs of conducting such a defense, both in dollars spent 
and in management time, could be material and adversely affect the Company's 
operating results and financial condition. In addition, the negative 
publicity of such a suit could adversely affect the Company's sales and 
ability to attract and retain distributors.


                                      -45-
<PAGE>


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

            The Company uses several trademarks and tradenames in connection 
with its products and operations. As of the date of this Prospectus, the 
Company had six federal trademark registrations with the United States Patent 
and Trademark Office. The Company relies on common law trademark rights to 
protect its unregistered trademarks. Common law trademark rights do not 
provide the Company with the same level of protection as afforded by a United 
States federal registration of a trademark. Moreover, common law trademark 
rights are limited to the geographic area in which the trademark is actually 
used. In addition, the Company's product formulations are not protected by 
patents and are not patentable. Therefore, there can be no assurance that 
another company will not replicate one or more of the Company's products.

COMPETITION

            The Company is subject to significant competition in recruiting 
distributors from other network marketing organizations, including those that 
market weight management, dietary supplement and personal care products, as 
well as other types of products. There are over 300 companies worldwide that 
utilize network marketing techniques, many of which are substantially larger, 
offer a greater variety of products, and have available considerably greater 
financial resources than the Company. The Company's ability to remain 
competitive depends, in significant part, on the Company's success in 
recruiting and retaining distributors through an attractive bonus plan and 
other incentives. The Company believes that its bonus plan and incentive 
programs provide its distributors with significant income potential. However, 
there can be no assurance that the Company's programs for recruitment and 
retention of distributors will continue to be successful.

            In addition, the business of marketing weight management, dietary 
supplement and personal care products is highly competitive. This market 
segment includes numerous manufacturers, other network marketing companies, 
catalog companies, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians that 
actively compete in the sale of such products. The Company also competes with 
other providers of such products, especially retail outlets, based upon 
convenience of purchase and immediate availability of the purchased product. 
The market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight 
management plans (including various prescription drugs) that may rapidly 
capture a significant share of the market. As a result, the Company's ability 
to remain competitive depends in part upon the successful introduction of new 
products.

            The Company's network marketing competitors that market weight 
management, dietary supplement and personal care products include small, 
privately held companies, as well as larger, publicly held companies with 
greater financial resources and greater product and market diversification 
and distribution. The Company's competitors include Shakelee Corporation, The 
A.L. Williams Corporation, Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc., Amway Corporation, 
Nutrition for Life International, Inc., and Herbalife International, Inc. See 
"Risk Factors--Competition."

EMPLOYEES

            As of September 30, 1997, the Company had 47 full-time employees, 
of whom three were executive officers or directors, 19 were in administrative 
activities, six were in marketing activities, six were in customer service 
activities, and thirteen were in shipping activities. The Company's employees 
are not represented by a labor organization. The Company considers its 
employee relations to be good. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Key 
Personnel."

PROPERTIES

            The Company maintains its executive office in 7,667 square feet 
at 2601 Northwest Expressway, Suite 1210W, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73112-7293 
and its warehouse and distribution center in 10,340 square feet at 4000 North 
Lindsay, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The premises are occupied pursuant to 
long-term leases which expire on May 31, 2003, and which require monthly 
rental payments of $5,814 and $5,170, respectively. The Company believes that 
the present space will be adequate for the next twelve months.


                                      -46-
<PAGE>

LITIGATION

            The Company is not a party to any pending litigation. In 
September 1995, the Oklahoma Department of Securities commenced an 
investigation of the Company with respect to a number of issues, the most 
prominent of which relates to the AMS Distributor Stock Pool (the "Pool"). 
The Pool, under which the Company's independent distributors were permitted 
to participant on a voluntary basis, was formed in 1990. Participants made 
contributions to the Pool and, from such contributions, the administrator of 
the Pool purchased on a monthly basis the Company's Common Stock in the 
over-the-counter market for the participants. All purchase transactions were 
executed and effected through a registered broker-dealer. All records of 
ownership of the Common Stock held by the Pool were maintained at the offices 
of the Company. The Pool only purchased shares of Common Stock and did not 
sell shares on behalf of the participants. As of December 31, 1997, the Pool 
held approximately 215,114 shares of Common Stock for and on behalf of the 
participants. Each Participant has sole voting rights with respect to those 
shares of Common Stock held for such participant's benefit. In the event a 
participant desires to sell the Common Stock held for his benefit by the 
Pool, certificates representing such shares are delivered to such participant 
for the purpose of effecting such sale. The Oklahoma Department of Securities 
took the position that the offer and sale of participation rights in the Pool 
violated the registration provisions of the Oklahoma Securities Act. During 
October 1997, the Company ceased accepting additional contributions to the 
Pool and effecting purchase transactions in the Common Stock. On November 4, 
1997, the Company, John W. Hail, Curtis H. Wilson, Sr. and Roger P. Baresel, 
directors and executive officers of the Company, entered into an agreement 
with the Administrator of the Oklahoma Department of Securities in settlement 
of the investigation without any action having been taken against the Company 
and its officers and directors. Pursuant to such agreement, John W. Hail 
reimbursed the Department its costs of the investigation without entitlement 
to reimbursement by the Company or any of its other officers and directors. 
Under the terms of such agreement, the Company and Messrs. Hail, Wilson and 
Baresel agreed to notify the Department of any proposed offer or sale of 
additional securities by the Company or each of Messrs. Hail, Wilson and 
Baresel pursuant to any registration exemption under the Oklahoma Securities 
Act, for a period of three years ending on November 6, 2000.

COMPANY HISTORY

            EXCHANGE. Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, 
dated May 1, 1989, the shareholders of the Company exchanged their common 
stock for 800,807 shares of the common stock of Pacific Coast International, 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Exchange"). Prior to the Exchange, the 
trade or business activities of Pacific Coast International, Inc. had been 
limited to those activities associated with a public offering of its 
securities and investigation of corporate acquisition alternatives as a 
"blank check" company. Upon consummation of the Exchange, (i) the officers 
and directors of the Company assumed management of Pacific Coast 
International, Inc., (ii) the Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of 
Pacific Coast International, Inc., (iii) the Company changed its name from 
AMS, Inc. to Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc., (an Oklahoma Corporation) and 
(iv) Pacific Coast International, Inc. changed its name to Advantage 
Marketing Systems, Inc. ("AMS Delaware"). Prior to the Exchange, Pacific 
Coast International, Inc. and certain individuals sold, in a public offering, 
225,860 shares of Common Stock and 525,860 Class A Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants ("Class A Warrants") and Class B Common Stock Purchase Warrants 
("Class B Warrants"). The Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants were redeemed 
on March 17, 1997.

            REINCORPORATION MERGER. Effective December 11, 1995, AMS 
Delaware, the former parent of the Company (formerly Pacific Coast 
International, Inc.), merged with the Company pursuant to an Agreement and 
Plan of Merger (the "Merger"), with the Company as the surviving corporation. 
As a result of the Merger, AMS Delaware ceased to exist, and the Company 
succeeded to all of its assets and liabilities. Prior to the Merger, AMS 
Delaware did not conduct any business, and all operations were conducted by 
the Company.


                                      -47-
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

            The following table sets forth certain information with respect 
to each executive officer and director of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               NAME                     AGE                  POSITION WITH THE COMPANY
               ----                     ---                  -------------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>
John W. Hail(1)(2)                       66          Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Curtis H. Wilson, Sr.(3)                 71          Vice-Chairman of the Board and Director

Roger P. Baresel(1)(2)                   41          President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director

R. Terren Dunlap(3)(5)                   52          Director

Harland C. Stonecipher(4)(5)             58          Director
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1) Member of the Stock Option Committee. See "--Stock Option Plan." 
(2) Term as a Director expires in 1998.
(3) Term as a Director expires in 2000.
(4) Term as a Director expires in 1999.
(5) Member of Audit Committee.

            Pursuant to the terms of the Company's Bylaws, the directors are 
divided into three classes. Class I Directors hold office initially for a 
term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 1999, Class 
II Directors hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting 
of shareholders to be held in 2000, and Class III Directors hold office 
initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders to be 
held in 1998. Each director will hold office for the term to which he is 
elected and until his successor is duly elected and qualified. At each annual 
meeting of the shareholders of the Company, the successor to a member of the 
class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to hold 
office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders held in the 
third year following the year of his election. Executive officers are elected 
by the Board of Directors and serve at its discretion.

            JOHN W. HAIL is the founder of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 
and has served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of the Company since its inception in June 1988. During 1987 and 
through May 1988, Mr. Hail served as Executive Vice President, Director and 
Agency Director of Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc., a public company engaged in 
the sale of legal services contracts, and also served as Chairman of the 
Board of Directors of TVC Marketing, Inc., the exclusive marketing agent of 
Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc. See "Business--Litigation."

            CURTIS H. WILSON, SR. has served as Vice-Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of the Company since June 1988. From January 1984 to June 1988, Mr. 
Wilson was Executive Vice President of TVC Marketing, Inc.  See 
"Business--Litigation."

            ROGER P. BARESEL has served as Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer, Secretary and a Director of the Company since June 1995, and in July 
1995, he became President. Mr. Baresel is a Certified Public Accountant and 
holds a Master of Business Administration degree. From 1988 until joining the 
Company full-time in 1995, he maintained an accounting practice, specializing 
in providing consulting services to small and growing businesses and provided 
consulting services to the Company. See "Business--Litigation."

            R. TERREN DUNLAP has served as a Director of the Company since 
June 1995. He is Chief Executive Officer of Total Switch, Inc., a company 
formed in 1997 that developed and distributes electronic switches. He served 
as Vice President-International Development of the Company from June 1995 
through March 1996. Mr. Dunlap is a Director and the co-founder, and from 
1984 and until March 1994 served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of 
the Board, of Go-Video, Inc., a developer and distributor of consumer 
electronics products.

            HARLAND C. STONECIPHER has served as a Director of the Company 
since August 1995. Mr. Stonecipher has been Chairman of the Board and Chief 
Executive Officer of Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc. since its inception in 
1972.


                                      -48-
<PAGE>

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

            EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY. The following table sets forth 
certain information relating to compensation paid to or accrued for the named 
executive for services rendered during the years ended December 31, 1997, 
1996 and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION           YEAR       SALARY(1)       BONUS           OTHER(2)           NUMBER OF SHARES
- ---------------------------          ------      ---------    -----------        --------           ----------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>          <C>                <C>                <C>   
John W. Hail...................       1997          $  --           $ --         $56,539                 100,000(3)
    Chief Executive Officer           1996             --             --          22,000                      --
                                      1995             --             --          87,684                 375,000(4)
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)         Dollar value of base salary earned during the year.
(2)         The Company furnishes the use of an automobile to Mr. Hail, the
            value of which is not greater than $5,000 annually. During 1996 and
            1995, the Company made non-interest bearing advances to the John
            Hail Agency, Inc., an affiliate of Mr. Hail, of $22,000 and $87,684,
            respectively. See "Certain Transactions."
(3)         During 1997 the Company granted 100,000 stock options to Mr. Hail
            pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan, each exercisable for
            the purchase of one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of
            $6.00 per share. These options were surrendered by Mr. Hail during
            1997 in exchange therefor 100,000 stock options having the same
            terms other than an exercise price of $2.70 per share of Common
            Stock.
(4)         Adjusted to give effect to the one-for-eight reverse stock split on
            October 29, 1996. Of the 375,000 stock options received, Mr. Hail
            transferred by gift 225,000 stock options during 1995.

AGGREGATE OPTION GRANTS AND EXERCISES IN 1997 AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

            STOCK OPTIONS AND OPTION VALUES. During 1997 the Company granted 
100,000 stock options to Mr. Hail pursuant to the Company's Stock Option 
Plan, each exercisable for the purchase of one share of Common Stock at an 
exercise price of $6.00 per share. These options were surrendered by Mr. Hail 
in exchange therefor 100,000 stock options having the same terms other than 
an exercise price of $2.70 per share of Common Stock. The following table 
sets forth information related to options granted to the named executive 
officer during 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                                     --------------------------------------------
                                                                      PERCENT OF
                                                                     TOTAL OPTIONS       EXERCISE
                                                      NUMBER           GRANTED TO        OR BASE
                                                     OF OPTIONS        EMPLOYEES        PRICE PER
                                                      GRANTED           IN 1995           SHARE
                                                     ----------      -------------      ---------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>                <C>
John W. Hail, Chief Executive Officer..............  100,000(1)          57.5%            $2.70
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1) Only includes those stock options that were granted and not surrendered
    during 1997.

            AGGREGATE STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AND YEAR-END AND OPTION VALUES. 
The following table sets forth information related to the number and value of 
options held by the named executive officer at December 31, 1997. During 
1997, no options to purchase Common Stock were exercised by the named 
executive officer.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                              NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED                  IN-THE-MONEY
                                                 OPTIONS AS OF                       OPTIONS AS OF
                                                  DECEMBER 31,                    DECEMBER 31, 1997(1)
                                          -----------------------------      ------------------------------
NAME                                      EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE      EXERCISABLE      UNEXERCISABLE
                                          -----------     -------------      -----------      -------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
John W. Hail, Chief Executive Officer...... 250,000            --             $117,500            $ --
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)      The closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq
         SmallCap Market on December 31, 1997 was $2.75. The per-share value is
         calculated based on the applicable closing highest bid price per share,
         minus the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares of Common
         Stock underlying the options.


                                      -49-
<PAGE>

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

         Directors who are not employees of the Company receive $250 for each 
Board meeting attended. Directors who are also employees of the Company 
receive no additional compensation for serving as Directors. The Company 
reimburses its Directors for travel and out-of-pocket expenses in connection 
with their attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors. The Company's 
Bylaws provide for mandatory indemnification of directors and officers to the 
fullest extent permitted by Oklahoma law.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

         The Company established the Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1995 
Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan" or the "Plan") in June 1995. The 
Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options ("ISO Options") 
with or without stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and nonincentive stock 
options ("NSO Options") with or without SARs to employees and consultants of 
the Company, including employees who also serve as Directors of the Company. 
The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the 
Plan is 1,125,000. As of the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase a 
total of 315,600 shares of Common Stock have been granted under the Plan at 
exercise prices of $2.70 to $6.00 per share and expiring March 2002 through 
May 2007, of which 141,750 options were surrendered and canceled during 1997. 
As of the date of this Prospectus, there are outstanding stock options 
granted under the Plan exercisable for the purchase of 173,850 shares of 
Common Stock.

         The Stock Option Committee, which is currently comprised of Messrs. 
Hail and Baresel, administers and interprets the Plan and has authority to 
grant options to all eligible employees and determine the types of options 
granted and the terms, restrictions and conditions of the options at the time 
of grant. During the one-year period ending November 6, 1998, the Company has 
undertaken not to grant (i) any additional options or warrants other than 
pursuant to the Plan, (ii) stock options under the Plan to any officer, 
director or employee of the Company and its subsidiaries that have an 
aggregate exercise price in excess of the annual salary during the year of 
such grant of such officer, director or employee and (iii) John W. Hail, 
Curtis H. Wilson, Sr. and Roger P. Baresel any stock options under the Plan 
without the unanimous approval of the independent directors of the Company 
which at all such times shall not be less than two independent directors.

         The option price of the Common Stock is determined by the Stock 
Option Committee, provided such price may not be less than 85 percent of the 
fair market value of the shares on the date of grant of the option. The fair 
market value of a share of the Common Stock is determined by either (i) 
averaging the closing high bid and low asked quotations for such share on the 
date of grant of the option as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, 
Incorporated, or (ii) if not quoted by the National Quotation Bureau, 
Incorporated by the Stock Option Committee. Upon the exercise of an option, 
the option price must be paid in full, in cash or with an SAR. Subject to the 
Stock Option Committee's approval, upon exercise of an option with an SAR 
attached, a participant may receive cash, shares of Common Stock or a 
combination of both, in an amount or having a fair market value equal to the 
excess of the fair market value, on the date of exercise, of the shares for 
which the option and SAR are exercised, over the option exercise price.

         Options granted under the Plan may not be exercised until six months 
after the date of the grant, except in the event of death or disability of 
the participant. ISO Options and any SARs are exercisable only by 
participants while actively employed as an employee or a consultant by the 
Company, except in the case of death, retirement or disability. Options may 
be exercised at any time within three months after the participant's 
retirement or within one year after the participant's disability or death, 
but not beyond the expiration date of the option. No option may be granted 
after April 30, 2005. Options are not transferable except by will or by the 
laws of descent and distribution.

OFFICER AND DIRECTOR LIABILITY

         As permitted by the provisions of the Oklahoma General Corporation 
Act, the Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate") eliminates in 
certain circumstances the monetary liability of directors of the Company for 
a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors. These provisions do not 
eliminate the liability of a director for (i) a breach of the director's duty 
of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders, (ii) acts or omissions by a 
director not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a 
knowing violation of law, (iii) liability arising under Section 1053 of the 
Oklahoma General Corporation Act (relating to the declaration of dividends 
and purchase or redemption of shares in 

                                      -50-
<PAGE>

violation of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act), or (iv) any transaction 
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, 
these provisions do not eliminate liability of a director for violations of 
federal securities laws, nor do they limit the rights of the Company or its 
shareholders, in appropriate circumstances, to seek equitable remedies such 
as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief. Such remedies may not be 
effective in all cases.

         The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company provide 
that the Company shall indemnify all directors and officers of the Company to 
the fullest extent permitted by the Oklahoma General Corporation Act. Under 
such provisions, any director or officer, who in his capacity as such, is 
made or threatened to be made, a party to any suit or proceeding, may be 
indemnified if the Board of Directors determines such director or officer 
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not 
opposed to the best interests of the Company. The Certificate and Bylaws and 
the Oklahoma General Corporation Act further provide that such 
indemnification is not exclusive of any other rights to which such 
individuals may be entitled under the Certificate, the Bylaws, an agreement, 
vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Insofar as 
indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to 
directors and officers of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, 
or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the 
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

         The Company maintains insurance to protect its directors and 
officers against liability asserted against them in their official 
capacities. Such insurance protection covers claims and any related defense 
costs of up to $3 million based on alleged or actual securities law 
violations, other than intentional dishonest or fraudulent acts or omissions, 
or any willful violation of any statute, rule or law, or claims arising out 
of any improper profit, remuneration or advantage derived by an insured 
director or officer.


                                      -51-
<PAGE>

                               CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         Set forth below is a description of transactions entered into 
between the Company and certain of its officers, directors and shareholders 
during the last two years. Certain of these transactions will continue in 
effect during and following completion of this offering and may result in 
conflicts of interest between the Company and such individuals. Although 
these persons have fiduciary duties to the Company and its shareholders, 
there can be no assurance that conflicts of interest will always be resolved 
in favor of the Company.

         John W. Hail, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of 
Directors of the Company, is the sole director and shareholder of the John 
Hail Agency, Inc. ("JHA"). Pursuant to an unwritten agreement, the Company 
provided office space, utilities and supplies, as well as an occasional 
part-time administrative staff person, through June 30, 1996, to JHA for a 
monthly payment of $1,000 as reimbursement of the Company's costs. In 
addition, the Company made non-interest bearing advances to JHA of $22,000 
and $87,684 during the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. 
JHA has made repayments of these advances of $6,141 and $67,401 during the 
fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. During the nine 
months ended September 30, 1997, JHA made repayments of $9,683. At September 
30, 1997, JHA was indebted to the Company in the amount of $58,139. Effective 
June 30, 1996, the Company adopted a policy to not make any further advances 
to JHA, and JHA executed a promissory note payable to the Company in the 
principal amount of $73,964 bearing interest at eight percent per annum and 
payable in 60 installments of $1,499 per month.

         At December 31, 1995, the balance due on a short-term loan to the 
Company from Mr. Hail was $81,929. During 1995, the Company combined interest 
payable of approximately $52,000 with the principal due under the loan and 
began making weekly interest and principal payments of $1,500. The loan was 
unsecured, due on demand and bore interest at 12 percent per annum. As of 
December 31, 1996, the loan had been paid in full.

         During 1995, John W. Hail individually entered into lease agreements 
covering telephone equipment and related software and requiring monthly 
rental payments. Such equipment and software are utilized exclusively by the 
Company. During the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and the fiscal years 
1996 and 1995, the Company made aggregate monthly payments pursuant to such 
lease agreements of $14,570, $19,427 and $14,314, respectively.

         During the nine months ended September 30, 1997, and the years ended 
December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company paid Curtis H. Wilson, Sr., a 
Director of the Company, sales commissions of $24,383, $38,337 and $51,669, 
respectively.

         During 1997, pursuant to the Company's Stock Option Plan, the 
Company granted Mr. Hail 10-year nontransferable stock options exercisable 
for the purchase of 100,000 shares of Common Stock for $6.00 per share. All 
of the stock options were granted at the fair value of the Common Stock on 
the date of grant and are currently exercisable.

         During 1995, the Company granted United Financial Advisors, Inc. 
("UFAI") five-year warrants exercisable for the purchase of 125,000 shares of 
Common Stock for $3.60 per share and 125,000 shares of Common Stock for $4.96 
per share. All of the warrants were granted at or above the fair market vale 
of the Common Stock on the date of grant. As a result of the grant of these 
warrants, UFAI became a greater than five percent beneficial owner of the 
Common Stock of the Company. These warrants were not granted pursuant to the 
Company's Stock Option Plan. Effective May 30, 1997, pursuant to written 
agreement between UFAI and the Company, the warrants exercisable for the 
purchase of 125,000 shares of Common Stock for $4.96 were released without 
exercise and canceled by the Company, at which time UFAI ceased to be a 
greater than five percent beneficial owner of the Common Stock. The remaining 
warrants held by UFAI are currently exercisable. In addition, UFAI received 
cash compensation of $10,000 and $20,000 from the Company during 1995 and 
1997, respectively, for consulting and financial advisory.

         The Company has adopted policies that any loans to officers, 
directors and five percent or more shareholders ("affiliates") are subject to 
approval by a majority of not less than two of the disinterested independent 
directors of the Company and that such loans and other transactions with 
affiliates will be on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from 
unaffiliated parties and approved by a majority of not less than two of the 
disinterested independent directors. As of the date of this Prospectus, the 
Board of Directors is comprised of five members, of which R. Terren Dunlap 
and Harland C. Stonecipher are the only independent directors.


                                      -52-
<PAGE>

          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The following table presents certain information as to the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of March 1, 1998, of (i) each person who is
known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent
thereof, (ii) each director and executive officer of the Company, and (iii) all
executive officers and directors as a group, together with their percentage
holdings of the outstanding shares. For purposes of the following table, the
number of shares and percent of ownership of outstanding Common Stock that the
named person beneficially owns includes shares of Common Stock that such person
has the right to acquire within 60 days of March 1, 1998, upon exercise of
options and warrants, but such shares are not included for the purposes of
computing the number of shares beneficially owned and percent of outstanding
Common Stock of any other named person.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  COMMON STOCK
                                          -----------------------------
                                            SHARES          PERCENT OF
                                          BENEFICIALLY        SHARES
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER         OWNED          OUTSTANDING
- ------------------------------------      ------------      -----------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>
John W. Hail(1)(2).......................    520,141            11.55%

Curtis H. Wilson(1)(3)...................    280,945             6.24%

Roger P. Baresel(1)(4)...................    178,690             4.08%

Harland C. Stonecipher(5)................    120,768             2.84%

R. Terren Dunlap(1)(6)...................     37,500              .87%

Executive Officers and Directors as a 
   group (five persons)(7)...............  1,138,044            23.11%
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)     A Director or an executive officer of the Company, with a business 
        address of 2601 Northwest Expressway, Suite 1210W, Oklahoma City, 
        Oklahoma 73112-7293.
(2)     The number of shares and each percentage presented includes (i) 
        250,000 shares of Common Stock that are subject to currently exercisable
        stock options and 1,000 shares of Common Stock that are subject to 
        currently exercisable Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants held by 
        Mr. Hail, (ii) 16,500 shares of Common Stock and 1,000 shares of Common 
        Stock that are subject to currently exercisable Redeemable Common Stock 
        Purchase Warrants owned by corporations controlled by Mr. Hail, (iii) 
        1,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,000 shares of Common Stock that are 
        subject to currently exercisable Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
        Warrants held by Helen Hail, wife of Mr. Hail, with respect to which Mr.
        Hail disclaims any beneficial interest.
(3)     The number of shares and each percentage presented includes 250,000 
        shares of Common Stock that are subject to currently exercisable stock 
        options held by Mr. Wilson and 12,338 shares of outstanding Common Stock
        and 3,000 shares of Common Stock that are subject to currently 
        exercisable Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants held by Ruth 
        Wilson, wife of Mr. Wilson, with respect to which Mr. Wilson disclaims
        any beneficial interest.
(4)     The number of shares consist of and each percentage presented 
        includes (i) 7,500 shares of outstanding Common Stock jointly held by 
        Mr. Baresel and his wife, Judith A. Baresel, (ii) 2,000 shares of 
        Common Stock subject to currently exercisable 1997-A Warrants and 
        1,000 shares of Common Stock that are subject to currently exercisable
        Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants held by Mr. Baresel,  (iii) 
        22,500 shares of Common Stock that are subject to currently 
        exercisable stock options held by Mr. Baresel, (iv) 26,828 shares of 
        outstanding Common Stock held by Mrs. Baresel, (v) 87,500 shares of 
        Common Stock that are subject to currently exercisable stock options 
        and 6,000 shares of Common Stock that are subject to currently 
        exercisable Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants held by Mrs. 
        Baresel, and (vii) 12,500 shares of Common Stock that are subject to 
        currently exercisable stock options held by Mrs. Baresel as the 
        custodian for the benefit of the children of Mr. and Mrs. Baresel, 
        with respect to which Mr. Baresel disclaims any beneficial interest.
(5)     Mr. Stonecipher is a Director of the Company with a business 
        address of 321 East Main Street, Ada, Oklahoma 74820, and Chairman of 
        the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc. 
        The number of shares consist of and each percentage presented is based 
        upon 120,768 shares of outstanding Common Stock held by Pre-Paid Legal 
        Services, Inc., which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Mr. 
        Stonecipher.

                                      -53-
<PAGE>

(6)     The number of shares consist of and each percentage presented is 
        based upon 37,500 shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon 
        exercise of stock options.
(7)     The number of shares and each percentage presented includes 2,000
        shares of Common Stock subject to currently exercisable 1997-A
        Warrants, 13,000 shares of Common Stock that are subject to currently
        exercisable Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants and 660,000
        shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon exercise of other
        currently exercisable stock options held by the executive officers and
        directors as a group.


                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

AUTHORIZED AND OUTSTANDING CAPITAL

         Pursuant to its Certificate of Incorporation, the Company is 
currently authorized to issue up to 495,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 
$.0001 par value ("Common Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, 
$.0001 par value ("Preferred Stock"). As of the date of this Prospectus, the 
outstanding capital stock of the Company consisted of 4,249,383 shares of 
Common Stock, assuming the no exercise of the Company's outstanding 
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants, 1997-A Warrants, the Underwriters' 
Warrants, stock options and other warrants. See "--Common Stock," 
"--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants," and 
"--Other Options and Warrants."

         The following description of certain matters relating to the capital 
stock and the warrants is a summary of, and is qualified in its entirety by, 
the provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, and the 
agreements between the Company and U.S. Stock Transfer Corp. (the "Warrant 
Agent"), as amended, related to the outstanding Redeemable Common Stock 
Purchase Warrants and the 1997-A Warrants, all of which are filed as exhibits 
to or are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement of which 
this Prospectus is a part. See "Additional Information."

COMMON STOCK

         The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock are entitled to 
receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time 
by the Board of Directors out of assets legally available therefor, subject 
to the payment of preferential dividends with respect to any Preferred Stock 
that may be outstanding. In the event of liquidation, dissolution and 
winding-up of the Company, the holders of outstanding Common Stock are 
entitled to share ratably in all assets available for distribution to the 
Common Stock shareholders after payment of all liabilities of the Company, 
subject to the prior distribution rights of the holders of any outstanding 
Preferred Stock. Holders of outstanding Common Stock are entitled to one vote 
per share on matters submitted to a vote by the Common Stock shareholders of 
the Company. The Common Stock has no preemptive rights and no subscription, 
redemption or conversion privileges. The Common Stock does not have 
cumulative voting rights, which means that holders of a majority of shares 
voting for the election of directors can elect all members of the Board of 
Directors. In general, a majority vote of shares represented at a meeting of 
Common Stock shareholders at which a quorum (a majority of the outstanding 
shares of Common Stock) is present is sufficient for all actions that require 
the vote or concurrence of shareholders, subject to and possibly in 
connection with the voting rights of the holders of any outstanding Preferred 
Stock entitled to vote with the holders of the Common Stock.

REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS

         As of the date of this Prospectus, there are 1,495,000 Redeemable 
Common Stock Purchase Warrants outstanding, each of which was issued with one 
share of Common Stock as a unit in connection with the Unit Offering. See 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations--General--Units Offering." The terms and conditions of the 
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants are set forth in the Unit and 
Warrant Agreement between the Company and U.S. Stock Transfer Corp. dated 
November 6, 1997 (the "Redeemable Warrant Agreement"). The following 
description of the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants is not complete 
and is qualified in all respects by the Redeemable Warrant Agreement which is 
incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of 
which this Prospectus is a part.  See "Additional Information."


                                      -54-
<PAGE>

         The holder of each Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant is 
entitled, upon payment of the exercise price, to purchase one share of Common 
Stock. The initial exercise price of the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants was adjusted on the January 6, 1997, from $5.40 to $3.40. The number 
and kind of securities or other property for which the Redeemable Common 
Stock Purchase Warrants are exercisable are subject to adjustment in certain 
events, such as mergers, reorganizations or stock splits, to prevent 
dilution. Unless previously redeemed, the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants are exercisable on or before November 6, 2002. A holder will only be 
able to exercise the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants held in the 
event (i) a current prospectus under the 1933 Act relating to the shares of 
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants is then in effect and (ii) such Common Stock is qualified for sale 
or exemption from qualification under the applicable securities laws of the 
states in which the holder resides.

         The Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants are subject to 
redemption at any time by the Company, on not less than 30 days' written 
notice, at a price of $0.25 per warrant only after the closing sale price per 
share of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, for a 
period of 20 consecutive trading days, has been at or above 200 percent of 
the exercise price, as adjusted, of the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants. All of the outstanding Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants 
must be redeemed if any are redeemed.

         The Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants may only be redeemable 
if, on the date the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants are called for 
redemption, there is an effective registration statement and current 
prospectus covering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the 
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants. In certain cases, the sale of 
securities by the Company upon exercise of the Redeemable Common Stock 
Purchase Warrants could violate the securities laws of the United States, 
certain states or other jurisdictions. The Company has agreed to maintain an 
effective registration under the 1933 Act at its expense with respect to the 
securities underlying the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants (and, if 
necessary, to allow their public resale without restriction) at all times 
during the period in which the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants are 
exercisable. The Company has agreed to use its best efforts, and to take such 
actions under the laws of various states, as may be required to cause the 
sale of the securities underlying the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants upon their exercise to be lawful. However, the Company will not be 
required to honor the exercise of the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants if, in the opinion of counsel, the sale of securities upon such 
exercise would be unlawful. In certain cases, the Company may, but is not 
required to, purchase the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants submitted 
for exercise for a cash price equal to the difference between the market 
price of the securities obtainable upon such exercise and the exercise price 
of such Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants.

         The Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants contain provisions 
that protect the holder thereof against dilution by adjustment of the number 
of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company purchasable upon 
exercise of the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants in certain events, 
such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, sale of substantially all of 
the Company's assets, and for other extraordinary events.

         The holders of the Warrants do not possess any rights as 
shareholders of the Company unless and until the holders exercise the 
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants and then only as a holder of the 
Common Stock.

1997-A WARRANTS

         As of the date of this Prospectus, there are 337,211 1997-A Warrants 
outstanding, all of which were issued in connection with the Warrant 
Modification Offering and the Rights Offering. See "Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and 
Capital Resources." The terms and conditions of the 1997-A Warrants are set 
forth in the Warrant Agreement between the Company and U.S. Stock Transfer 
Corp. dated January 26, 1997, as amended and restated on January 8, 1998 (the 
"1997-A Warrant Agreement"). The following description of the 1997-A Warrants 
is not complete and is qualified in all respects by the Warrant Agreement 
which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration 
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.  See "Additional Information."


                                      -55-
<PAGE>

         Each 1997-A Warrant initially entitled the holder to purchase one 
share of Common Stock. Pursuant to its rights under the 1997-A Warrant 
Agreement, as of January 8, 1998, the Company amended and restated the 1997-A 
Warrant Agreement, which (i) extended the exercise period of the 1997-A 
Warrants to permit their exercise on or before November 6, 2002 and (ii) 
reduced the exercise price of the 1997-A Warrants from $12.00 to $3.40 (the 
same exercise price and expiration date of the Redeemable Common Stock 
Purchase Warrants). See "--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants." The 
number and kind of securities or other property for which the 1997-A Warrants 
are exercisable are subject to adjustment in certain events, such as mergers, 
reorganizations or stock splits, to prevent dilution. At any time, upon 30 
days' written notice, the Company may redeem in whole and not in part, 
unexercised 1997-A Warrants for $.0001 per warrant. The 1997-A Warrants not 
exercised or redeemed will expire on November 6, 2002. Holders of 1997-A 
Warrants do not, as such, have any of the rights of shareholders of the 
Company unless and until the holders exercise the 1997-A Warrants and then 
only as a holder of the Common Stock.

         In certain cases, the sale of securities by the Company upon 
exercise of 1997-A Warrants could violate the securities laws of the United 
States, certain states thereof or other jurisdictions. The Company has agreed 
to use its best efforts to cause a registration statement with respect to 
such securities under the 1933 Act to continue to be effective during the 
term of the 1997-A Warrants and to take such other actions under the laws of 
various states as may be required to cause the sale of securities upon 
exercise of 1997-A Warrants to be lawful. However, the Company will not be 
required to honor the exercise of 1997-A Warrants if, in the opinion of 
counsel, the sale of securities upon such exercise would be unlawful. The 
Company may, but is not required to, purchase 1997-A Warrants submitted for 
exercise for a cash price equal to the difference between the market price of 
the securities obtainable upon such exercise and the exercise price of such 
1997-A Warrants.

PREFERRED STOCK

         Pursuant to its Certificate of Incorporation, the Company has an 
authorized class of Preferred Stock of 5,000,000 shares, $.0001 par value. 
There are no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date of this 
Prospectus. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or 
more series, and the Board of Directors of the Company, without further 
approval of its shareholders, is authorized to fix the relative rights, 
preferences, privileges and restrictions applicable to each series of 
Preferred Stock. Management of the Company believes that having such a class 
of Preferred Stock provides the Company with greater flexibility in 
financing, acquisitions and other corporate activities. While there are no 
current plans, commitments or understandings, written or oral, to issue any 
shares of Preferred Stock, in the event of any issuance, the holders of 
Common Stock will not have any preemptive or similar rights to acquire any of 
such shares of Preferred Stock. Issuance of Preferred Stock could adversely 
affect the voting power of holders of Common Stock and the likelihood that 
such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation and 
could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the 
Company.

OPTIONS AND OTHER WARRANTS

         As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has outstanding stock 
options and other warrants to purchase 1,439,583 shares of Common Stock 
during various periods, which expire December 1998 through May 2007, at 
exercise prices of $1.60 to $6.00 per share (with a weighted average exercise 
price of $2.28). The exercise prices of the stock options and warrants were 
equal to or greater than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the 
date of the grant of each stock option or warrant. Furthermore, in connection 
with the Units Offering, the Company sold to Paulson Investment Company, Inc. 
and Joseph Charles & Assoc., Inc., the representatives of underwriters of the 
Units Offering, warrants exercisable after November 6, 1998, and on or before 
November 6, 2002, for the purchase of 130,000 Units for $5.40 per Unit (the 
"Underwriters' Warrants"). See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General--Units Offering" and 
"--Results of Operations--Pro Forma Effect of Stock-Based Compensation" and 
"Management--Stock Option Plan."

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

         The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company and the 
Oklahoma General Corporation Act include a number of provisions which may 
have the effect of encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers 
or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with the Board of 
Directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. The Company 
believes that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential 

                                      -56-
<PAGE>

disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because, among other things, 
negotiation of such proposals might result in an improvement of their terms. 
The description below related to provisions of the Certificate of 
Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company is intended as a summary only and 
is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation 
and the Bylaws of the Company, which have been filed as exhibits to the 
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. See "Additional 
Information."

         PREFERRED STOCK. The Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the 
issuance of the Preferred Stock in classes, and the Board of Directors to set 
and determine the voting rights, redemption rights, conversion rights and 
other rights relating to such class of Preferred Stock, and to issue such 
stock in either private or public transactions. In some circumstances, the 
Preferred Stock could be issued and have the effect of preventing a merger, 
tender offer or other takeover attempt which the Company's Board of Directors 
opposes.

         STAGGERED BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Bylaws of the Company provide that 
the Board of Directors shall be comprised of three classes of directors, each 
class constituting approximately one-third of the total number of directors 
with each class serving staggered three-year terms. The classification of the 
directors makes it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition 
of the Board of Directors. The Company believes, however, that the longer 
time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will 
help ensure continuity and stability of the Company's management and policies.

         The classification provisions may also have the effect of 
discouraging a third party from accumulating large blocks of Common Stock or 
attempting to obtain control of the Company, even though such an attempt 
might be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders. Accordingly, 
shareholders of the Company could be deprived of certain opportunities to 
sell their shares of Common Stock at a higher market price than might 
otherwise be the case.

         OKLAHOMA ANTI-TAKEOVER STATUTES. The Company is subject to Section 
1090.3 and Sections 1145 through 1155 of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act 
(the "OGCA").

         Subject to certain exceptions, Section 1090.3 of the OGCA prohibits 
a publicly-held Oklahoma corporation from engaging in a "business 
combination" with an "interested shareholder" for a period of three years 
after the date of the transaction in which such person became an interested 
shareholder, unless the interested shareholder attained such status with 
approval of the board of directors or the business combination is approved in 
a prescribed manner, or certain other conditions are satisfied. A "business 
combination" includes mergers, asset sales, and other transactions resulting 
in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. Subject to certain 
exceptions, an "interested shareholder" is a person who, together with 
affiliates and associates, owns, or did own, within three years of the 
proposed combination, 15 percent or more of the corporation's voting stock.

         In general, Sections 1145 through 1155 of the OGCA provide that 
issued and outstanding shares ("interested shares") of voting stock acquired 
(within the meaning of a "control share acquisition") become nonvoting stock 
for a period of three years following such control share acquisition, unless 
a majority of the holders of non-interested shares approve a resolution 
reinstating the interested shares with the same voting rights that such 
shares had before such interested shares became control shares. Any person 
("acquiring person") who proposes to make a control share acquisition may, at 
the person's election, and any acquiring person who has made a control share 
acquisition is required to deliver an acquiring person statement to the 
corporation disclosing certain prescribed information regarding the 
acquisition. The corporation is required to present to the next annual 
meeting of the shareholders the reinstatement of voting rights with respect 
to the control shares that resulted in the control share acquisition, unless 
the acquiring person requests a special meeting of shareholders for such 
purpose and undertakes to pay the costs and expenses of such special meeting. 
In the event voting rights of control shares acquired in a control share 
acquisition are reinstated in full and the acquiring person has acquired 
control shares with a majority or more of all voting power, all shareholders 
of the corporation have dissenters' rights entitling them to receive the fair 
value of their shares which will not be less than the highest price paid per 
share by the acquiring person in the control share acquisition.

         A "control share acquisition" includes the acquisition by any person 
(including persons acting as a group) of ownership of, or the power to direct 
the exercise of voting power with respect to, "control shares" (generally 
issued and outstanding shares having more than 20 percent of all voting power 
in the election of directors of a publicly held corporation), subject to 
certain exceptions including (i) an acquisition pursuant to an agreement of 
merger, 

                                      -57-
<PAGE>

consolidation, or share acquisition to which the corporation is a party and 
is effected in compliance with certain Sections of the OGCA, (ii) an 
acquisition by a person of additional shares within the range of voting power 
for which such person has received approval pursuant to a resolution by the 
majority of the holders of non-interested shares, (iii) an increase in voting 
power resulting from any action taken by the corporation, provided the person 
whose voting power is thereby affected is not an affiliate of the 
corporation, (iv) an acquisition pursuant to proxy solicitation under and in 
accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the laws 
of Oklahoma, and (v) an acquisition from any person whose previous 
acquisition of shares did not constitute a control share acquisition, 
provided the acquisition does not result in the acquiring person holding 
voting power within a higher range of voting power than that of the person 
from whom the control shares were acquired. The voting rights provisions of 
the Sections 1145 through 1155 of the OGCA were declared unconstitutional and 
unenforceable in 1987. In 1991, Sections 1145 through 1155 of the OGCA were 
amended; however, the constitutionality and enforceability of the voting 
rights provisions of such Sections of the OGCA, as amended, have not been 
determined as of the date of this Prospectus.

         The anti-takeover provisions of the OGCA may have the effect of 
discouraging a third party from acquiring large blocks of Common Stock within 
a short period or attempting to obtain control of the Company, even though 
such an attempt might be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders. 
Accordingly, shareholders of the Company could be deprived of certain 
opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at a higher market price 
than might otherwise be the case.

TRANSFER AGENT AND WARRANT AGENT

         U.S. Stock Transfer Corp. is the registrar and transfer agent for 
the Common Stock and the Warrant Agent for the 1997-A Warrants and the 
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants, whose address is 1745 Gardena 
Avenue, Suite 200, Glendale, California 91204-2991.

                           SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has 4,249,383 shares 
of Common Stock issued and outstanding (assuming no exercise of the 
outstanding Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants, 1997-A Warrants, stock 
options and other warrants). The Company has reserved 3,357,944 shares of 
Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Redeemable Common Stock 
Purchase Warrants, 1997-A Warrants, the Underwriters' Warrants, stock options 
and other warrants, and 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under 
the Stock Option Plan. See "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners 
and Management," "Description of Securities--Redeemable Common Stock Purchase 
Warrants," "--1997-A Warrants," and "--Other Stock Options and Warrants," and 
"Management--Stock Option Plan." Additionally, the Company will have 
486,267,673 shares of Common Stock available for issuance at such times and 
upon such terms as may be approved by the Company's Board of Directors. No 
prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the 
availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of the Common 
Stock prevailing from time to time. See "Risk Factors--Stock Price, Sales and 
Earnings Volatility." Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of Common 
Stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price 
of the Common Stock and could impair the Company's ability to raise capital 
through sales of its equity securities. The Company has undertaken not to 
issue any options or other securities convertible into Common Stock, other 
than options granted under the Company's Stock Option Plan, for a period of 
one year ending November 6, 1998.

         As of the date of this Prospectus, there are 242,695 shares of 
Common Stock (the "Restricted Shares") outstanding which have not been 
registered under the 1933 Act (of which 29,715 are held by the executive 
officers, directors and affiliates of the Company), but may be sold without 
registration pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), subject to the limitations thereunder 
described below.

         In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or 
persons whose shares are aggregated), including a Company affiliate, who has 
beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least one year is entitled to 
sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed 
the greater of (i) one percent of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock 
or (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading in 

                                      -58-
<PAGE>

such shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice 
of such sale is filed with the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also 
subject to certain manner of sale limitations, notice requirements and the 
availability of current public information about the Company. Restricted 
Shares properly sold in reliance on Rule 144 are thereafter freely tradable 
without restrictions or registration under the 1933 Act, unless thereafter 
held by an affiliate of the Company. In addition, affiliates of the Company 
must comply with the restrictions and requirements of Rule 144, other than 
the one-year holding period requirement, in order to sell shares of Common 
Stock which are not Restricted Shares. As defined in Rule 144, an "affiliate" 
(as that term is defined under the 1933 Act) of an issuer is a person that 
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is 
controlled by or is under common control with such issuer.

         Furthermore, if two years have elapsed since the later of the date 
of any acquisition of Restricted Shares from the Company or from any 
affiliate of the Company, and the acquiror or subsequent holder thereof is 
deemed not to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 
days preceding a sale, such person would be entitled to sell such shares in 
the public market pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to volume 
limitations, manner of sale restrictions, or public information or notice 
requirements.

         Pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act, under certain 
circumstances qualified institutional buyers, as defined in the rule, are 
permitted to more easily acquire and sell "restricted securities." The 
Company is unable to predict the effect that Rule 144A has or will have on 
the prevailing market price of the Common Stock.

OPTIONS

         As of the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase a total of 
315,600 shares of Common Stock have been granted under the Stock Option Plan 
of which 141,750 were voluntarily surrendered and canceled by the Company and 
173,850 are still outstanding, and an additional 951,150 shares of Common 
Stock are available for further grants under the Stock Option Plan. See 
"Management--Stock Option Plan." There are options and warrants for the 
purchase of 1,439,583 shares of Common Stock outstanding that were granted 
outside the Stock Option Plan.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

         The Company's executive officers, directors, who hold in the 
aggregate 463,044 shares of Common Stock and stock options and warrants 
exercisable for the purchase of 675,000 shares of Common Stock, have agreed 
with Paulson Investment Company, Inc. and Joseph Charles & Assoc., Inc. not 
to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, 
options, warrants or shares of Common Stock and all other securities issuable 
upon exercise of such options or warrants for a period of two years ending on 
November 6, 1999.

STATE IMPOSED ESCROW ARRANGEMENT

         In connection with the registration of the Units Offering, the 
executive officers and directors of the Company and Robert and Retha Nance 
(formerly greater than five percent shareholders of the Company) deposited 
466,790 shares of Common Stock and stock options exercisable for the purchase 
of 726,983 shares of Common Stock in escrow with Liberty Bank and Trust 
Company of Oklahoma City, N.A., pursuant to Promotional Shares Escrow 
Agreements (the "Escrow Agreements"). Furthermore, the Company, Roger P. 
Baresel and Judith A. Baresel entered into a Promotional Shares Lock-In 
Agreement (the "Lock-In Agreement") covering 4,000 shares of Common Stock and 
2,000 1997-A Warrants held by Mr. and Mrs. Baresel. The Administrator of the 
Oklahoma Department of Securities determined the terms and conditions of the 
Escrow Agreements and the Lock-In Agreement that were required as a condition 
of the registration of the Units Offering in Oklahoma for the protection and 
benefit of the initial purchasers of the Units sold pursuant to that 
offering. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations--General--Units Offering." The shares of Common 
Stock, stock options and 1997-A Warrants, as well as any shares of Common 
Stock received upon exercise of the stock options and warrants will remain 
subject to the Escrow Agreements and Lock-In Agreement for a period of three 
years following November 6, 1997; however, the 93,108 shares of Common Stock 
deposited in escrow by Robert and Retha Nance may be released from escrow 
upon the sale of such shares, such sales being limited during any three-month 
period to one-half of one percent of the outstanding number of shares of 
Common Stock on the date of such sale. Other than as mentioned, the shares of 
Common Stock and stock options subject to the Escrow Agreements and the 
Lock-In Agreement may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, 
hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, except under limited circumstances.


                                      -59-
<PAGE>

                               PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The Participation Interests being offered hereby are offered by the 
officers and directors of the Company pursuant to the Plan, the terms of 
which provide for the purchase of shares of Common Stock only in the open 
market. The Company will pay all administrative costs and expenses associated 
with the Plan. Any brokerage commissions and related service charges incurred 
in connection with purchases of shares of Common Stock will be paid by the 
Plan from the Participants' contributions to the Plan.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters related to this offering will be passed upon 
for the Company by its counsel, Dunn Swan & Cunningham, A Professional 
Corporation, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

                                    EXPERTS
 
         The consolidated financial statements of Advantage Marketing 
Systems, Inc. (formerly AMS, Inc.) as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, and the 
combined financial statements of Stay 'N Shape International, Inc., Now 
International, Inc., Solution Products, Inc. and Nation of Winners, Inc. as 
of December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, 
included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, 
independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein, and have 
been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their 
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                      -60-

<PAGE>



                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (No. 333- ) 
(herein, together with all amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement"), 
of which this Prospectus constitutes a part, under the 1933 Act, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), Washington, D.C., with 
respect to the securities offered by this Prospectus. As permitted by the 
rules and regulations of the Commission, this Prospectus, filed as part of 
the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth 
in the Registration Statement and in the exhibits thereto. The statements 
contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other 
document referenced herein are not necessarily complete, and in each 
instance, if the contract or document was filed or incorporated by reference 
as an exhibit, reference is hereby made to the copy of the contract or other 
document filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration 
Statement and each such statement is qualified in all respects by such 
reference. The Registration Statement (including the exhibits thereto) may be 
inspected without charge at the office of the Commission, Judiciary Plaza, 
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549-1004 and at the regional 
offices of the Commission at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New 
York 10048 and at 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 
60661. Copies of the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules 
thereto may be obtained from the Commission at such offices, upon payment of 
prescribed rates. In addition, registration statements and certain other 
filings made with the Commission through its Electronic Data Gathering, 
Analysis and Retrieval ("EDGAR") system are publicly available through the 
Commission's site on the World Wide Web on the Internet, located at 
http://www.sec.gov. The Registration Statement, including all exhibits 
thereto and amendments thereof, has been filed with the Commission through 
EDGAR. The Company will provide without charge to each person who receives 
this Prospectus, upon written or oral request, a copy of any information 
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus (excluding exhibits to 
information incorporated by reference unless such exhibits are themselves 
specifically incorporated by reference). Such requests should be directed to 
Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. at 2601 Northwest Expressway, Suite 1210W, 
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73112-7293, telephone: (405) 842-0131.

    The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act") as a "small 
business issuer" as defined under Regulation S-B promulgated under the 1933 
Act. In accordance with the 1934 Act, the Company files reports and other 
information with the Commission (File No. 001-13343), and such reports and 
other information can be inspected and copied at, and copies of such 
materials can be obtained at prescribed rates from, the Public Reference 
Section of the Commission in Washington, D.C.

    The Company distributes to its shareholders annual reports containing 
consolidated financial statements audited by its independent public 
accountants and, upon request, quarterly reports for the first three quarters 
of each fiscal year containing unaudited consolidated financial information. 
Such requests should be directed to Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. at 2601 
Northwest Expressway, Suite 1210W, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73112-7293, 
telephone: (405) 842-0131.

                                     -61-

<PAGE>


                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 PAGE
                                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC. (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND
SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year
      Ended December 31, 1996................................................................................    F-2
   Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
      for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1997...........................................................    F-3
   Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements............................................    F-4

ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC. (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND
SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996 (Unaudited)....................    F-6
   Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)................................................................    F-7
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended
      September 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)................................................................    F-8
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Nine Months
      Ended September 30, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)..........................................................    F-9

ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC. (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND
SUBSIDIARY AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   Independent Auditors' Report .............................................................................   F-14
   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995..............................................   F-15
   Consolidated Statements of Operations for Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994....................   F-16
   Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for Years Ended
      December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.......................................................................   F-17
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994....................   F-18
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994...............   F-20

STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC., NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND NATION OF WINNERS, INC.
UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   Combined Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996 (Unaudited)............................   F-30
   Combined Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended
      March 31, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)....................................................................   F-31
   Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended
      March 31, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)....................................................................   F-32
   Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Three Months
      Ended March 31, 1997 and 1996 (Unaudited)..............................................................   F-33

STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC., NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND NATION OF WINNERS, INC. AUDITED
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   Independent Auditors' Report .............................................................................   F-34
   Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1996............................................................   F-35
   Combined Statements of Operations for Years Ended December 31,
     1996 and 1995...........................................................................................   F-36
   Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for Years Ended
     December 31, 1996 and 1995..............................................................................   F-37
   Combined Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31,
     1996 and 1995...........................................................................................   F-38
   Notes to Combined Financial Statements for Years Ended
     December 31, 1996 and 1995..............................................................................   F-39

</TABLE>
                                      F-1

<PAGE>



                        ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                       (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      STAY 'N SHAPE
                                                                      INT. INC., NOW
                                                                    INT. INC., SOLUTION
                                                       ADVANTAGE      PRODUCTS, INC.,
                                                       MARKETING         NATION OF          PRO FORMA        PRO FORMA
                                                      SYSTEMS, INC.    WINNERS, INC.       ADJUSTMENTS        COMBINED
                                                       ----------      ------------        -----------       ---------
                                                                                              NOTE 2
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>
Net sales...........................................   $6,129,916       $2,377,022          $   --           $8,506,938
Cost of sales.......................................    4,531,578        1,497,811              --            6,029,389
                                                       ----------       ----------          ----------       ----------
  Gross profit......................................    1,598,338          879,211              --            2,477,549

Marketing, distribution & administrative expenses...    1,296,080          937,470             124,519 (a)    2,358,069
                                                       ----------       ----------          ----------       ----------
  Income from operations............................      302,258          (58,259)           (124,519)         119,480

Other income (expense):
Interest, net.......................................      (10,538)          --                  --              (10,538)
Other income........................................       33,824           --                  --               33,824
                                                       ----------       ----------          ----------       ----------
  Total other income (expense)......................       23,286           --                  --               23,286
                                                       ----------       ----------          ----------       ----------
Income (loss) before taxes..........................      325,544          (58,259)           (124,519)         142,766
Tax benefit.........................................      499,613           --                  68,627 (b)      568,240
                                                       ----------       ----------          ----------       ----------
Net income (loss)...................................   $  825,157       $  (58,259)         $  (55,892)       $ 711,006
                                                       ----------       ----------          ----------       ----------
                                                       ----------       ----------          ----------       ----------

Weighted average common
  Shares outstanding...............................     3,770,874                              126,000        3,896,874
                                                       ----------                           ----------       ----------
                                                       ----------                           ----------       ----------
Net income per common share........................    $      .29                                            $      .25
                                                       ----------                                            ----------
                                                       ----------                                            ----------
</TABLE>

        SEE NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-2

<PAGE>



                        ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                       (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      STAY 'N SHAPE
                                                                      INT. INC., NOW
                                                                    INT. INC., SOLUTION
                                                       ADVANTAGE      PRODUCTS, INC.,
                                                       MARKETING         NATION OF         PRO FORMA         PRO FORMA
                                                      SYSTEMS, INC.    WINNERS, INC.      ADJUSTMENTS         COMBINED
                                                       ----------      ------------        -----------       ---------
                                                                                              NOTE 2
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>
Net sales...........................................   $7,635,321       $583,461            $  --            $8,218,782
Cost of sales.......................................    5,472,819        313,249               --             5,786,068
                                                       ----------       --------          ----------         ----------
        Gross profit................................    2,162,502        270,212               --             2,432,714
Marketing, distribution & administrative expenses...    1,957,755        230,413              31,130 (a)      2,219,298
                                                       ----------       --------          ----------          ---------
        Income from operations......................      204,747         39,799             (31,130)           213,416
Other income (expense):
Interest, net.......................................        1,810           --                 --                 1,810
Other income........................................        7,303           --                 --                 7,303
                                                       ----------       --------          ----------          ---------
        Total other income (expense)................        9,113           --                 --                 9,113
                                                       ----------       --------          ----------          ---------
Net income before taxes.............................      213,860         39,799             (31,130)           222,529
Tax expense.........................................      (81,377)          --                (3,294)(b)        (84,671)
                                                       ----------       --------          ----------          ---------
Net income (loss)...................................   $  132,483       $ 39,799            $(34,424)        $  137,858
                                                       ----------       --------          ----------          ---------
                                                       ----------       --------          ----------          ---------
Weighted average common shares
    outstanding.....................................    3,457,135                             31,496          3,488,635
                                                       ----------                         ----------          ---------
                                                       ----------                         ----------          ---------

Net income per common share.........................   $      .04                                            $      .04
                                                       ----------                                             ---------
                                                       ----------                                             ---------
</TABLE>


        SEE NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-3


<PAGE>



                        ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                      (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  BASIS FOR PRESENTATION

    The pro forma balance sheet and statements of operations present the pro 
    forma effects of the acquisition by the Company of all the assets of 
    Stay 'N Shape International, Inc., a Georgia corporation ("SNSI"), Solution 
    Products, Inc., a Georgia corporation ("SPI"), Nation of Winners, Inc., a 
    Georgia corporation ("NWI"), Now International, Inc., a Georgia 
    corporation ("NII"), (collectively SNSI, SPI, NWI and NII are referred to 
    as the "Selling Group"), free and clear of any lien, charge, claim, 
    pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any type or kind 
    whatsoever, known or unknown (the "SNSI Asset Purchase"). The SNSI Asset 
    Purchase was closed on April 16, 1997. The SNSI Asset Purchase will be 
    accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Each company in 
    the Selling Group is a network marketer of various third-party 
    manufactured nutritional supplements.

    Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement and in connection with the SNSI 
    Asset Purchase, the Company paid cash of $1,174,441 and issued 125,984 
    shares of the Company's common stock at closing and agreed to either 
    issue additional shares of the Company's common stock having an aggregate 
    fair value equal to, or make cash payments of, or at the Company's sole 
    option any combination thereof, $750,000 and $1,050,000 on or before June 
    29, 1998, and May 30, 1999, respectively. The $750,000 aggregate fair 
    value of the additional shares of the Company's common stock or cash 
    payment shall be reduced by the aggregate amount that gross revenues, net 
    of returns and allowances, during the 12-month period ended April 30, 
    1998, from (i) sales (other than Choc-Quilizer-TM-) of the purchased 
    network marketing organization, sales to Market America, Inc. (an 
    unrelated network marketing company) and sales to retail outlet stores, 
    are less than $2,500,000 and (ii) the Company's sales of 
    Choc-Quilizer-TM- are less than $4,000,000 during such 12- month period. 
    Furthermore, the $1,050,000 aggregate fair value of the additional shares 
    of the Company's common stock or cash payment shall be reduced by the 
    aggregate amount that gross revenues, net of returns and allowances, 
    during the 12-month period ended March 31, 1999, from (i) sales (other 
    than Choc- Quilizer-TM-) of the purchased network marketing organization, 
    sales to Market America, Inc. and sales to retail outlet stores, are less 
    than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Company's sales of Choc-Quilizer-TM- are 
    less than $8,000,000 during such 12-month period. The value of the 
    Company's common stock to be issued will be based upon the average of the 
    closing prices of the Company's common stock on the last three trading 
    days of the month preceding the month in which the applicable 12-month 
    period ends.

    The accompanying unaudited pro forma statements of operations are 
    presented assuming the SNSI Asset Purchase occurred or was consummated on 
    the first day of each period presented. The historical information 
    presented for the Company and the Selling Group as of and for the year 
    ended December 31, 1996, is derived from the audited financial statements 
    of the Company and the Selling Group as of such date or for such year. 
    The historical information presented for the Company and the Selling 
    Group as of and for the periods ended September 30, 1997 and 
    pre-acquisition period ending March 31, 1997, is derived from the 
    unaudited financial statements of the Company and the Selling Group as of 
    such date or for such period.

    The pro forma financial information presented in the unaudited pro forma 
    financial statements is not necessarily indicative of the results of 
    operations that would have been achieved had the operations been those of 
    a single corporate entity. The results of operations presented in the 
    unaudited pro forma statements of operations are not necessarily 
    indicative of the consolidated results of future operations of the 
    Company following consummation of the SNSI Asset Purchase.


                                      F-4


<PAGE>

                        ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                     (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

     NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONCLUDED)

2.          PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

            The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated financial
            statements have been adjusted to record and give effect to the
            following:

            (a)         Amortization of goodwill over 20 years, $74,519 and
                        $18,630 for the year ended December 31, 1996, and for
                        the three months ended March 31, 1997 (the
                        "Pre-Acquisition Period"), respectively. Amortization of
                        the covenants not to compete over 10 years, $50,000 and
                        $12,500 for the year ended December 31, 1996, and for
                        the three months ended March 31, 1997, respectively.

            (b)         Income taxes are adjusted to reflect the above-mentioned
                        adjustments for amortization and for the effects of
                        removing the "S Corporation" election made by the
                        shareholders of the Selling Group.

3.          NET INCOME PER SHARE

            Pro forma per share calculations for the Company are based upon the
            number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after giving
            effect to the SNSI Asset Purchase.


                                        F-5

<PAGE>


                               ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                            (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            1997                 1996
                                                                                     -------------------     -------------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                      ASSETS
                                      ------
<S>                                                                                    <C>                  <C>          
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash.............................................................................      $   357,052          $   169,569
Receivables - net of allowance of $25,804 at each period end.....................           89,199               52,013
Receivable from affiliate........................................................           13,846               13,042
Commission advances..............................................................          100,541               44,821
Inventory........................................................................          907,567              217,945
Deferred income taxes............................................................          146,046              157,853
                                                                                       -----------           ----------
    Total current assets.........................................................        1,614,251              655,243

COMMISSION ADVANCES..............................................................             --                  4,341
RECEIVABLES......................................................................           18,194               18,000
RECEIVABLE FROM AFFILIATE........................................................           44,293               54,780
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated
    depreciation of $395,869 and $327,344, respectively..........................          629,704              377,190
GOODWILL, Net....................................................................        1,728,073              109,232
COVENANTS NOT TO COMPETE, Net....................................................          535,901               52,222
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES............................................................          274,385              341,760
DEFERRED OFFERING COSTS..........................................................          281,995              175,848
OTHER ASSETS.....................................................................          181,284                1,725
                                                                                        ----------           ----------
TOTAL ASSETS.....................................................................       $5,308,080           $1,790,341
                                                                                        ----------           ----------
                                                                                        ----------           ----------

                           LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                           ----------------------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable.................................................................      $   352,049          $   268,433
Accrued commissions and bonuses..................................................          357,097              178,597
Accrued other expenses...........................................................          243,115               69,286
Accrued promotion expense........................................................            --                  46,370
Notes payable....................................................................           24,152                9,446
Capital lease obligations........................................................          109,446               66,758
                                                                                       -----------          -----------
    Total current liabilities....................................................        1,085,859              638,890

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
Notes payable....................................................................           87,876               19,049
Capital lease obligations........................................................          241,943              210,973
                                                                                       -----------          -----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES................................................................        1,415,678              868,912
                                                                                       -----------          -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Preferred stock - $.0001 par value;
  authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued.......................................             --                   --
Common stock - $.0001 par value; authorized 495,000,000 shares;
  issued and outstanding 2,680,081 and 2,143,441, respectively...................              268                  214
Paid-in capital..................................................................        4,819,816            1,981,380
Accumulated deficit..............................................................         (927,682)          (1,060,165)
                                                                                       -----------           ----------
Total stockholders' equity.......................................................        3,892,402              921,429
                                                                                       -----------           ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.......................................       $5,308,080           $1,790,341
                                                                                       -----------           ----------
                                                                                       -----------           ----------
</TABLE>
                            SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>

                        ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                     (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                ---------------------------------
                                                                                                    1997                 1996
                                                                                                -----------           -----------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                              <C>                  <C>        
Net sales.............................................................................          $ 7,635,321           $4,439,042

Cost of sales.........................................................................            5,472,819            3,003,642
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
    Gross profit......................................................................            2,162,502            1,435,400

Marketing, distribution and administrative expenses...................................            1,957,755            1,147,894
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
    Income from operations............................................................              204,747              287,506

Other income (expense):

Interest, net.........................................................................                1,810               (9,359)

Other income                                                                                          7,303                9,507
                                                                                                -----------           ----------

    Total other income (expense)......................................................                9,113                  148
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
INCOME BEFORE TAXES...................................................................              213,860              287,654

INCOME TAX (EXPENSE) BENEFIT..........................................................              (81,377)             443,149
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
NET INCOME............................................................................          $   132,483           $  730,803
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER
    OF COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARES............................................            3,457,135            3,176,000*
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE...........................................................          $      0.04           $     0.23*
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
                                                                                                -----------           ----------
</TABLE>
* Restated for one-for-eight reverse stock split effective October 29, 1996.

                           SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                        F-7

<PAGE>

                         
                      (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                       ---------------------------
                                                                                                          1997             1996
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
                                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                                    <C>               <C> 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.......................................................................................      $   132,483       $ 730,803
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization............................................................          170,078          53,955
        Deferred income tax......................................................................           79,182        (443,149)
        Write off deferred offering costs........................................................              --           15,000
  Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash:
        Inventory................................................................................         (560,996)       (207,183)
        Receivables, advances and prepaids.......................................................          (58,489)        (35,899)
        Accounts payable and accrued commissions, bonuses and expenses...........................           20,465         196,848
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
           Net cash provided (used) by operating activities......................................         (217,277)        310,375
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment...............................................................         (130,568)        (62,531)
Purchase of Miracle Mountain International, Inc..................................................             --           (56,103)
Purchase of Chambre International, Inc...........................................................          (51,340)           --
Purchase of assets pursuant to SNSI Asset Purchase...............................................       (1,274,441)           --
Purchase of other assets.........................................................................         (106,803)           --
Advances to affiliate............................................................................             --           (22,000)
Repayment of advances to affiliate...............................................................            9,683           3,040
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
           Net cash (used) by investing activities...............................................       (1,553,469)       (137,594)
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock...........................................................        2,234,357           --
Proceeds from notes payable......................................................................           40,980           --
Payment of deferred offering costs...............................................................         (240,703)        (89,489)
Payment on notes payable.........................................................................           (9,194)         (3,659)
Principal payment on capital leases..............................................................          (67,211)         (9,484)
Payment on notes payable - stockholder...........................................................             --           (64,271)
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
        Net cash provided (used) by financing activities.........................................        1,958,229        (166,903)
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------

NET INCREASE IN CASH..............................................................................         187,483           5,878

BEGINNING CASH BALANCE............................................................................         169,569         112,087
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------

ENDING CASH BALANCE...............................................................................      $  357,052       $ 117,965
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for interest............................................................      $   21,104       $  18,414
Cash paid during the year for income taxes........................................................           2,195           --   
Noncash financing and investing activities:
    Property and equipment acquired by capital lease..............................................         140,869           --
    Fair value of capital stock issued to purchase Miracle Mountain International, Inc............            --           120,000
    SNSI Asset Purchase:
           Fair value of assets acquired..........................................................         (84,063)          --
           Fair value of covenant not to compete..................................................        (500,000)          --
           Purchase price in excess of tangible assets acquired and covenant not to compete.......      (1,490,378)          --
           Fair value of common stock issued......................................................         800,000           --
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
           Cash paid to purchase SNSI assets......................................................      (1,274,441)          --
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
    Acquisition of  Chambre  International, Inc.:
           Fair value of assets acquired..........................................................         (84,802)          --
           Fair value of covenant not to compete..................................................         (20,000)          --
           Purchase price in excess of tangible assets acquired and covenant not to compete.......        (179,325)          --
           Fair value of common stock issued......................................................          84,000           --
           Liabilities assumed....................................................................         148,787           --
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------

           Cash paid to purchase Chambre International, Inc.......................................     $   (51,340)     $    --
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
                                                                                                       -----------       ---------
</TABLE>
                                    SEE NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-8

<PAGE>
                       ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                    (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

             FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
                                 (UNAUDITED)


 1.         UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

            The unaudited financial statements and related notes have been 
            prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities 
            and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, certain information and 
            footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements 
            prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
            principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and 
            regulations. The accompanying financial statements and related 
            notes should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated 
            financial statements of the Company, and notes thereto, for the 
            year ended December 31, 1996.

            The information furnished reflects, in the opinion of management, 
            all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, 
            necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim 
            periods presented. Operating results of the interim period are 
            not necessarily indicative of the amounts that will be reported 
            for the year ending December 31, 1997. Certain reclassifications 
            have been made to prior period balances to conform with the 
            presentation for the current period.

 2.         ACQUISITIONS

            Pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date 
            of January 31, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"), the Company 
            acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of 
            Chambre International, Inc., a Texas corporation ("CII"), and CII 
            became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the "CII 
            Acquisition"). The CII Acquisition was closed on January 31, 
            1997, and was accounted for under the purchase method of 
            accounting. CII is a network marketer of various third-party 
            manufactured cosmetics, skin care and hair care products. In 
            connection with the CII Acquisition, the Company issued 6,482 
            shares of its common stock to the shareholders of CII at closing 
            and issued an additional 7,518 shares of its common stock to the 
            shareholders of CII on March 31, 1997, after determination of 
            certain liabilities.

            In connection with the CII Acquisition, the excess of the 
            purchase price of $135,340, which includes $3,549 of transaction 
            costs, over the negative $63,985 fair market value of assets of 
            CII acquired, net of liabilities assumed, has been allocated 
            $179,325 to goodwill and $20,000 to a covenant not to compete. 
            Goodwill and the covenant not to compete will be amortized over 
            20 year and 47 month periods, respectively.

            Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement having an effective date 
            of April 16, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"), the Company 
            acquired all of the assets of Stay 'N Shape International, Inc. 
            ("SNSI"), Solution Products International, Inc. ("SPII"), Nation 
            of Winners, Inc. ("NWI"), Now International, Inc. ("NII"), all 
            Georgia corporations, (collectively SNSI, SPII, NWI and NII are 
            referred to as the "Selling Group"), free and clear of any lien, 
            charge, claim, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of 
            any type or kind whatsoever, known or unknown (the "SNSI Asset 
            Purchase"). The SNSI Asset Purchase was closed on April 16, 1997, 
            and was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. 
            Each company in the Selling Group is a network marketer of 
            various third-party manufactured nutritional supplements and was 
            under common ownership.

            In connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase, the Company paid cash 
            of $1,174,441 and issued 125,984 shares of the Company's common 
            stock at closing and agreed to either issue additional shares of 
            the Company's common stock having an aggregate fair value equal 
            to, or make cash payments of, or at the                           

                                        F-9
<PAGE>


                                  ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                               (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                         FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
                                              (UNAUDITED)

            Company's sole option any combination thereof, $750,000 and
            $1,050,000 on or before June 29, 1998, and May 30, 1999,
            respectively. The $750,000 aggregate fair value of the additional
            shares of the Company's common stock or cash payment shall be
            reduced by the aggregate amount that gross revenues, net of returns
            and allowances, during the 12-month period ended April 30, 1998,
            from (i) sales (other than Choc- Quilizer-TM-) of the purchased
            network marketing organization, sales to Market America, Inc. (an
            unrelated network marketing company) and sales to retail outlet
            stores, are less than $2,500,000 and (ii) the Company's sales of
            Choc-Quilizer-TM- are less than $4,000,000 during such 12-month
            period. Furthermore, the $1,050,000 aggregate fair value of the
            additional shares of the Company's common stock or cash payment
            shall be reduced by the aggregate amount that gross revenues, net of
            returns and allowances, during the 12-month period ended March 31,
            1999, from (i) sales (other than Choc-Quilizer-TM-) of the purchased
            network marketing organization, sales to Market America, Inc. and
            sales to retail outlet stores, are less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the
            Company's sales of Choc-Quilizer-TM- are less than $8,000,000 during
            such 12-month period. The fair value of the Company's common stock
            to be issued will be based upon the average of the closing prices of
            the Company's common stock on the last three trading days of the
            month preceding the month in which the applicable 12-month period
            ends.

            In connection with the SNSI Asset Purchase, the excess of the
            purchase price of $2,074,441, which includes $100,000 of transaction
            costs, over the $84,063 fair value of the assets acquired, has been
            allocated $1,490,378 to goodwill and $500,000 to two covenants not
            to compete. Goodwill and the covenants not to compete will be
            amortized over 20 and 10 year periods, respectively.

            The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of
            consolidated results of operations of the company and the Selling
            Group as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of 1996
            and 1997, with pro forma adjustments to give effect to amortization
            of goodwill together with the related income tax effect.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             YEAR ENDED                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996            SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                          -----------------           -------------------
            <S>                           <C>                         <C>
            Net sales....................        $8,506,938                    $8,218,782
            Net earnings.................           711,006                       144,446
            Net earnings per share.......              0.25                          0.04
</TABLE>

 3.         STOCK OPTIONS

            The Company established the Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1995
            Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") in June 1995. The Plan provides for
            the issuance of incentive and nonincentive stock options with or
            without stock appreciation rights to employees and consultants of
            the Company, including employees who also serve as directors of the
            Company. The total number of shares of the Company's common stock
            authorized and reserved for issuance under the Plan is 1,125,000.
            During the nine months ended September 30, 1997, the Company issued
            146,750 options under the Plan. As of September 30, 1997, 146,750
            options had been granted under the Plan.

            The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity
            for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 (as restated for the
            one-for-eight reverse split in October 1996):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997          EXERCISE PRICE
                                                              ---------       --------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Options outstanding beginning of the year..................   1,528,927       $1.60 - 6.48
</TABLE>

                                         F-10

<PAGE>


                            ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                          (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
                                       (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            <S>                                             <C>            <C>
            Options granted during the year...............    146,750              6.00
            Options exercised during the year.............     37,500              1.60
                                                                2,500              2.00
                                                                6,945              2.16
                                                            ---------
                                                               46,945
            
            Options canceled during year...............       125,000              4.96
                                                            ---------
            Options outstanding end of year............     1,503,732      $1.60 - 6.48
                                                            ---------
</TABLE>

4.          ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET ADOPTED

            In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
            issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
            128-Earnings Per Share, which is effective for the Company's year
            ending December 31, 1997. The statement establishes standards for
            computing and presenting earnings per share. Adoption of SFAS No.
            128 will result in changes to the calculation of earnings per share.

            Also in February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129-Disclosure of
            Information about Capital Structure, which is effective for the
            Company's year ending December 31, 1997. The statement establishes
            standards for disclosing information about a reporting company's
            capital structure. Adoption of SFAS No. 129 relates to disclosure
            within the financial statements and will not have a material effect
            on the Company's financial statements.

            In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130-Reporting Comprehensive
            Income which is effective for the Company's year ending December 31,
            1998. The statement addresses the reporting and displaying of
            comprehensive income and its components. Earnings per share will
            only be reported for net income and not for comprehensive income.
            The Company has not had adequate time to determine the differences
            between comprehensive income and net income.

            Also in June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131-Disclosures about
            Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. SFAS No. 131
            modifies current segment reporting requirements and establishes, for
            public companies, criteria for reporting disclosures about a
            company's products and services, geographic areas and major
            customers in annual and interim financial statements. The Company
            will adopt SFAS No. 131 for the year ending December 31, 1998.

 5.         WARRANT MODIFICATION OFFERING AND RIGHTS OFFERING

            On January 31, 1997, the Company distributed, at no cost,
            non-transferable rights ("Rights") to the holders of record of
            shares of its common stock, par value $.0001 per share. The Rights
            entitled the holders (the "Rights Holders") to subscribe for and
            purchase up to 2,148,191 units (each unit consisting of one share of
            common stock and one 1997-A warrant) for the price of $6.80 per unit
            (the "Rights Offering"). The record date holders of the Company's
            common stock received one Right for each share of common stock held
            by them as of the record date. The Rights expired on March 17, 1997.
            Pursuant to the Rights, Rights Holders could purchase one unit for
            each Right held.

            Concurrent with the Rights Offering, the Company elected to redeem
            all of its outstanding Class A and Class B common stock purchase
            warrants (the "Public Warrants") for $.0008 per warrant (the
            "Warrant Redemption") on March 17, 1997. However, in connection with
            the Warrant Redemption, the Company, pursuant to modification of the
            terms of the Public Warrants, offered to the Public Warrant holders 
            (the "Warrant Holders") the right to exercise the Public Warrants to
            purchase units, each comprised of one share 

                                             F-11

<PAGE>

                            ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                          (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                  FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
                                       (UNAUDITED)

            of common stock and one 1997-A warrant, at an exercise price of 
            $6.00 per unit (the "Warrant Modification Offering").

            The share of common stock and 1997-A warrant comprising each unit
            were separately transferable immediately after the sale of the units
            to the Rights Holders and Warrant Holders. As of January 8, 1998,
            the Company reduced the exercise price from $12.00 to $3.40 and
            extended the exercise period from January 31, 1999 to November 6,
            2002, of the outstanding 337,211 1997-A warrants, each exercisable
            for the purchase of one share of common stock. Each 1997-A warrant
            may be redeemed by the Company at any time upon 30 days' notice, at
            a price of $.0001 per 1997-A warrant.

            The units in the offerings described above were offered on a best
            efforts basis by the Company and its officers and directors, without
            commissions, selling fees or direct or indirect remuneration. The
            Rights Holders and Warrant Holders were not required to pay any
            brokerage commissions or fees with respect to the exercise of their
            Rights or Public Warrants. The Company paid all charges and expenses
            of the subscription and warrant agents.

            Proceeds to the Company from the Warrant Modification Offering and
            the Rights Offering (the "Offerings") were $2,154,357. Accumulated
            offering costs of $323,076 were charged against the net proceeds
            from these offerings. Pursuant to the Offerings the Company issued
            337,211 shares of common stock and a corresponding number of 1997-A
            warrants.

6.          SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

            In September 1995, the Oklahoma Department of Securities commenced
            an investigation of the Company with respect to a number of issues,
            the most prominent of which relates to the AMS Distributor Stock
            Pool (the "Pool"). The Pool, under which the Company's independent
            distributors were permitted to participate on a voluntary basis, was
            formed in 1990. Participants made contributions to the Pool and,
            from such contributions, the administrator of the Pool purchased on
            a monthly basis the Company's common stock in the over-the-counter
            market for the participants. All purchase transactions were executed
            and effected through a registered broker-dealer. All records of
            ownership of the Common Stock held by the Pool were maintained at
            the offices of the Company. The Pool only purchased shares of common
            stock and did not sell shares on behalf of the participants. As of
            October 31, 1997, the Pool held approximately 224,082 shares of
            common stock for and on behalf of the participants. Each Participant
            has sole voting rights with respect to those shares of common stock
            held for such participant's benefit. In the event a participant
            desires to sell the common stock held for his benefit by the Pool,
            certificates representing such shares are delivered to such
            participant for the purpose of effecting such sale. The Oklahoma
            Department of Securities took the position that the offer and sale
            of participation rights in the Pool violated the registration
            provisions of the Oklahoma Securities Act. During October 1997, the
            Company ceased accepting additional contributions to the Pool and
            effecting purchase transactions in the common stock. On November 4,
            1997, the Company, John W. Hail, Curtis H. Wilson, Sr. and Roger P.
            Baresel, directors and executive officers of the Company, entered
            into an agreement with the Administrator of the Oklahoma Department
            of Securities in settlement of the investigation without any action
            having been taken against the Company and its officers and
            directors. Pursuant to such agreement, John W. Hail reimbursed the
            Department its costs of the investigation without entitlement to
            reimbursement by the Company or any of its other officers and
            directors. Under the terms of such agreement, the Company and
            Messrs. Hail, Wilson and Baresel agreed to notify the Department 
            of any proposed offer or sale of additional securities by the 
            Company or each of Messrs. Hail, Wilson and Baresel pursuant to 
            any registration exemption under the Oklahoma Securities Act, for a
            period of three years from November 6, 1997.

                                            F-12
<PAGE>


                             ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                           (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARIES

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONCLUDED)

                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1996
                                        (UNAUDITED)


            On November 6, 1997, pursuant to a firm underwriting, the Company
            sold 1,495,000 units each consisting of one share of common stock
            and one redeemable common stock purchase warrant (the "Units") at a
            public offering price of $4.50 each (the "Units Offering"). Pursuant
            to the Units Offering, the Company received net proceeds of
            approximately $6,050,000. Accumulated offering costs of
            approximately $720,000 were charged against the proceeds of the
            Units Offering. On December 8, 1997, the common stock and redeemable
            common stock purchase warrants comprising the Units separated and
            began trading only as separate securities. Each redeemable common
            stock purchase warrant is exercisable for the purchase of one share
            of common stock for $3.40 on or before November 6, 2002, unless
            earlier redeemed. Each redeemable common stock purchase warrant may
            be redeemed by the Company for $0.25, on not less than 30 days'
            written notice, at any time that the closing sale price per share of
            common stock closes at or above $6.80.

            In connection with the Units Offering, the Company sold and issued
            warrants to the representatives of the underwriters (the
            "Representatives' Warrants"). The Representatives' Warrants are
            exercisable for the purchase of up to 130,000 Units at an exercise
            price of $5.40 per Unit for a four-year period beginning November 6,
            1998.

                                    * * * * * *


                                        F-13

<PAGE>



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc.
(formerly AMS, Inc.) and Subsidiary
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Advantage
Marketing Systems, Inc. (formerly AMS, Inc.) and subsidiary (the "Company") as
of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity (deficiency), and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc.
(formerly AMS, Inc.) and subsidiary at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
April 4, 1997

                                       F-14
<PAGE>


                                      ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                                     (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                         DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  ASSETS                          1996                     1995
                                                  ------                      ------------             -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>                     <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash.....................................................................    $   169,569            $    112,087
  Receivables - net of allowances of $25,804 and $21,485, respectively.....         52,013                  18,299
  Receivable from affiliatE................................................         13,042                  51,963
  Commission advances......................................................         44,821                   2,371
  Inventory................................................................        217,945                  98,621
  Deferred income taxes....................................................        157,853                    --
                                                                               -----------            ------------
              Total current assets.........................................        655,243                 283,341
COMMISSION ADVANCES........................................................          4,341                      65
RECEIVABLES................................................................         18,000                  22,620
RECEIVABLE FROM AFFILIATE .................................................         54,780                    --
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET................................................        377,190                 159,797
GOODWILL, NET..............................................................        109,232                    --
COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE, Net...............................................         52,222                    --
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES......................................................        341,760                    --
OTHER ASSETS...............................................................        177,573                  67,173
                                                                               -----------            ------------
TOTAL......................................................................    $ 1,790,341            $    532,996
                                                                               -----------            ------------
                                                                               -----------            ------------


                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
    Accounts payable.......................................................    $   268,433            $     91,949
    Accrued expenses.......................................................        247,883                 151,654
    Accrued promotion expense..............................................         46,370                  99,424
    Notes payable:
       Stockholders........................................................           --                    81,929
       Other...............................................................          9,446                   8,440
   Capital lease obligations...............................................         66,758                  20,679
                                                                               -----------            ------------
              Total current liabilities....................................        638,890                 454,075
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
   Notes payable - other...................................................         19,049                  28,500
   Capital lease obligations...............................................        210,973                  75,649
                                                                               -----------            ------------
                  Total liabilities........................................        868,912                 558,224
                                                                               -----------            ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 12)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY):
   Preferred stock - $.0001 par value; authorized
      5,000,000 shares; none issued........................................           --                      --
   Common stock - $.0001 par value; authorized 495,000,000 shares;
      issued and outstanding 2,143,441 and 2,123,191 shares,
      respectively (See Note 6)............................................            214                     212
   Paid-in capital.........................................................      1,981,380               1,859,882
   Accumulated deficit.....................................................     (1,060,165)             (1,885,322)
                                                                               -----------            ------------
                  Total stockholders' equity (deficiency)..................        921,429                 (25,228)
                                                                               -----------            ------------
TOTAL......................................................................    $ 1,790,341            $    532,996
                                                                               -----------            ------------
                                                                               -----------            ------------
</TABLE>

                                SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                                 F-15

<PAGE>



                                         ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                                        (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               1996             1995               1994
                                                                            ---------         ---------          ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>               <C>                <C>
Net sales.........................................................         $6,129,916        $4,492,668         $2,647,322
Cost of sales.....................................................          4,531,578         3,150,741          1,930,973
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
    Gross profit..................................................          1,598,338         1,341,927            716,349
Marketing, distribution and administrative expenses...............          1,296,080         1,094,756            641,893
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
    Income from operations........................................            302,258           247,171             74,456
Other income (expense):
Interest, net.....................................................            (10,538)          (22,998)           (25,075)
Other income......................................................             33,824            25,535             30,625
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
    Total other income (expense)..................................             23,286             2,537              5,550
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
INCOME BEFORE TAXES...............................................            325,544           249,708             80,006
TAX BENEFIT.......................................................            499,613              --                 --
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
NET INCOME........................................................         $  825,157        $  249,708         $   80,006
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
Weighted average common shares outstanding........................          3,770,874         2,662,681          2,119,356
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
Net income per common share.......................................         $      .29        $      .09         $      .04
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------
                                                                           ----------        ----------         ----------

</TABLE>

                          SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                             F-16

<PAGE>

                                ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                               (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                                               STOCKHOLDERS
                                                 SHARES         COMMON         PAID-IN        ACCUMULATED         EQUITY
                                              (SEE NOTE 6)      STOCK          CAPITAL          DEFICIT        (DEFICIENCY)
                                              ------------   -----------   ---------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>              <C>    
BALANCE,
    JANUARY 1, 1994.......................       2,105,599       $211         $1,823,236       $(2,215,036)     $(391,589)

Conversion of payables
    into stock............................           1,342        --               2,147             --             2,147

Issuance of stock for
    services received.....................          13,750          1             21,999             --            22,000

Net income................................            --          --                --              80,006         80,006
                                                ----------     ------         ----------       -----------      ---------

BALANCE,
    DECEMBER 31, 1994.....................       2,120,691        212          1,847,382        (2,135,030)      (287,436)

Warrants exercised........................           1,250        --               7,500             --             7,500

Issuance of stock for cash................           1,250        --               5,000             --             5,000

Net income................................            --          --                --             249,708        249,708
                                                ----------     ------         ----------       -----------      ---------

BALANCE,
    DECEMBER 31, 1995.....................       2,123,191        212          1,859,882        (1,885,322)       (25,228)

Issuance of stock for Miracle
    Mountain International, Inc.
   acquisition............................          20,000          2            119,998             --           120,000

Warrants exercised........................             250        --               1,500             --             1,500

Net income................................            --          --                --             825,157        825,157
                                                ----------     ------         ----------       -----------      ---------

BALANCE,
    DECEMBER 31, 1996.....................       2,143,441       $214         $1,981,380       $(1,060,165)      $921,429
                                                ----------     ------         ----------       -----------      ---------
                                                ----------     ------         ----------       -----------      ---------
</TABLE>

                         SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                             F-17

<PAGE>

                              ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                            (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            1996          1995          1994
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>              <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income.........................................................................     $825,157      $249,708     $  80,006
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
      cash provided by operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization.................................................       65,993        43,310        33,403
        Deferred taxes................................................................     (499,613)         --           --
        Provision for bad debts.......................................................        4,319         2,000           884
        Write-off of deferred offering costs..........................................       15,000          --           --
        Gain on sale of property and equipment........................................       (1,572)         --           --
        Stock issued for services.....................................................         --            --          22,000
        Stock issued for refunds......................................................         --            --           2,147
        Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash:
           Receivables and advances...................................................      (80,139)        7,280        31,819
           Inventory..................................................................     (119,324)      (50,750)      (28,854)
           Accounts payable and accrued expenses......................................      216,600       150,149        20,871
           Notes payable to associates................................................         --            --         (10,728)
           Interest payable...........................................................         --            --          20,860
           Deferred revenue...........................................................         --         (40,852)      (63,156)
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
                Net cash provided by operating activities.............................      426,421       360,845       109,252
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchases of property and equipment................................................      (66,675)      (50,105)       (6,689)
   Advances to affiliate..............................................................      (22,000)      (87,684)      (66,026)
   Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.......................................        1,700          --            --
   Repayment of advances to affiliate.................................................        6,141        67,401         9,069
   Purchase of Miracle Mountain International, Inc....................................      (56,103)         --            --
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
                 Net cash used for investing activities ..............................     (136,937)      (70,388)      (63,646)
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock.............................................        1,500        12,500          --
   Loans from stockholders............................................................         --          31,963        61,374
   Other loans........................................................................         --          39,098         3,685
   Bank overdraft.....................................................................         --         (46,663)       13,074
   Payment of deferred offering costs.................................................     (125,400)      (52,777)         --
   Payment on notes payable - stockholders............................................      (81,929)     (142,615)      (79,138)
   Payment on notes payable - other...................................................       (8,445)       (7,985)       (4,666)
   Principal payment on capital leases................................................      (17,728)      (11,891)      (39,935)
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
                 Net cash used in financing activities................................     (232,002)     (178,370)      (45,606)
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------

NET INCREASE IN CASH..................................................................       57,482       112,087          --
BEGINNING CASH BALANCE................................................................      112,087          --            --
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
ENDING CASH BALANCE...................................................................     $169,569      $112,087       $  --
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                                                     (CONTINUED)
</TABLE>


                                            F-18


<PAGE>

                               ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                              (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                1996          1995           1994
                                                                            ----------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                                                         <C>             <C>            <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF
 CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Cash paid during the year for:
       Interest........................................................      $  23,021      $  27,335       $  4,215

Noncash financing and investing activities:
  Additions to property and equipment
   through capital leases..............................................        199,131        108,219           --

  Reclassify interest payable to
   notes payable - stockholders........................................           --           51,806           --

  Fair value of capital stock issued to purchase
   Miracle Mountain International, Inc.................................        120,000           --             --

  Issuance of common stock in satisfaction of
   notes and accounts payable..........................................           --             --           89,892


                                                                                                         (CONCLUDED)

</TABLE>


                       SEE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                            F-19
<PAGE>

                              ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                             (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994


1.          SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

            PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION - The consolidated financial statements
            include the accounts of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (formerly
            AMS, Inc.), and its wholly owned subsidiary, Miracle Mountain
            International, Inc. (the "Company"). All significant intercompany
            accounts have been eliminated.

            NATURE OF BUSINESS - The Company markets nutritional supplements and
            weight management products that are manufactured by various
            manufacturers. The Company sells its products and programs through a
            network of full and part-time independent distributors developed by
            the Company.

            The Company also sells supplies and materials to its sales
            associates.

            USE OF ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in
            conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
            management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
            reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
            contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
            statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
            the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
            estimates.

            REVENUE RECOGNITION - Program revenue is recognized when products
            are shipped or services are rendered. Sales of training and
            promotional material to the sales force are recorded as revenue when
            the goods are shipped.

            INVENTORY - Inventory consists of consumer product inventory, and
            training and promotional material such as video tapes, cassette
            tapes and paper supplies held for sale to customers and independent
            sales associates. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or
            market. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out method.

            INTANGIBLES - Intangible assets consist of goodwill and a covenant
            not to compete. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair
            value of the net assets of acquired subsidiaries. The Company
            amortizes goodwill over seven years. The covenant not to compete is
            being amortized over the life of the contract. The goodwill
            amortization for the year ended December 31, 1996, was $9,930.
            Covenant amortization for the year ended December 31, 1996 was
            $7,778.

            PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost
            or, in the case of leased assets under capital leases, at the fair
            value of the leased property and equipment, less accumulated
            depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment are
            depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
            lives of the assets of three to five years. Assets under capital
            leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of
            the term of the lease or the life of the asset.

            LONG-LIVED ASSETS - In March 1995, the Financial Accounting
            Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting
            Standards ("SFAS"), No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF
            LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF.
            Effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995, SFAS
            121 establishes accounting standards for identifying and calculating
            the impairment of long-lived assets, certain identifiable
            intangibles and goodwill related to such assets. The Company adopted
            SFAS 121 in 1996 which did not have a material effect on the
            Company's consolidated financial statements. Management of the
            Company assesses recoverability of its long-lived assets based on
            undiscounted cash flows.

                                          F-20
<PAGE>

                              ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                             (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

            EARNINGS PER SHARE - Earnings per common share are computed by
            dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares
            outstanding during the period after giving effect to the reverse
            stock split discussed in Note 6. Outstanding stock options and
            warrants are included in the calculation of primary earnings per
            share when they meet the criteria for common stock equivalents and
            their effect is dilutive. The Company determined 1996 earnings per
            share using the modified treasury stock method which assumes changes
            to interest income and expense as part of the calculation. The
            effects of common stock equivalents on the weighted average number
            of shares outstanding was an increase of 1,636,000 shares and of
            assumed interest changes was an increase in net income of
            approximately $254,000. The effect of common stock equivalents on
            the weighted average number of shares outstanding at December 31,
            1995 and 1994 was an increase in shares of 538,000 and -0-,
            respectively. Warrants have not been included in the earnings per
            share calculation at December 31, 1995 and 1994 as they do not meet
            the criteria for common stock equivalents. No difference exists
            between primary and fully diluted earnings per share. In February
            1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, EARNINGS PER SHARE. The Company
            believes that adopting SFAS No. 128 will not have a material effect
            on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
            operations, but will result in changes in the calculation of
            earnings per share.

            INCOME TAXES - The Company uses an asset and liability approach to
            account for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized for
            the tax consequences of temporary differences and carryforwards by
            applying enacted tax rates applicable to future years to differences
            between the financial statement amounts and the tax bases of
            existing assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is
            established if, in management's opinion, it is more likely than not
            that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

            FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES - The Company's financial instruments consist
            of accounts receivable, accounts payable, advances due from an
            affiliate and current and long-term notes payable. Amounts recorded
            for accounts receivable, accounts payable and current notes payable
            approximate fair value due to the short duration of such amounts.
            The interest rates on advances due from the affiliate and on notes
            payable reflect current market rates. Consequently, the carrying
            value of these instruments approximate fair value.

            ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET ADOPTED - In February 1997,
            the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION ABOUT
            CAPITAL STRUCTURE. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 129 when
            required. Management believes that adoption of this standard will
            not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
            position or results of operations.

            STOCK OPTION PLAN - The Company adopted SFAS No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR
            STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION on January 1, 1996, as required. The
            Company has elected to continue applying Accounting Principles Board
            Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its stock-based compensation awards
            as permitted under SFAS No. 123 and to disclose the proforma effects
            of applying SFAS 123 in the footnotes. Accordingly, no compensation
            cost relating to the stock option plan has been recognized in the
            accompanying consolidated financial statements.

            RECLASSIFICATIONS - Certain reclassifications have been made to 
            prior year balances to conform with the presentation for the current
            period.

2.          OTHER ASSETS

            Other assets consist primarily of the direct costs, mainly legal,
            accounting and filing fees, associated with a registration statement
            filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
            The registration statement was declared effective January 16, 1997.
            See discussion of this registration statement at Note 12.

                                             F-21
<PAGE>

                               ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                              (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

3.          PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

            Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              1996               1995
                                                                            --------           --------
            <S>                                                          <C>                <C>
            Office furniture, fixtures and equipment....................    $633,086           $378,287
            Automobiles.................................................      44,872             54,056
            Leasehold improvements......................................      26,576             22,220
                                                                            --------           --------
                                                                             704,534            454,563
            Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................    (327,344)          (294,766)
                                                                            --------           --------
            Total property and equipment, net...........................    $377,190           $159,797
                                                                            --------           --------
                                                                            --------           --------

</TABLE>


4.          NOTES PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDERS

            The Company had a note payable to its major stockholder and chief
            executive officer in the amount of $81,929 at December 31, 1995.
            During 1995, the Company combined interest payable on the note of
            approximately $52,000 with the outstanding principal balance. The
            principal was due on demand and bore interest at 12%. During 1996,
            1995 and 1994, the Company received advances of $-0-, $31,963 and
            $61,374, respectively, and made payments of $81,929, $127,615 and
            $79,138, respectively, on this payable. As of December 31, 1996, 
            the note payable had been paid in full.

            During 1994, the Company had a note payable to a stockholder in the
            amount of $15,000, bearing interest at 12%. Terms of the note
            required eight quarterly payments of principal and interest
            beginning in the first quarter of 1995. in 1995, the note was paid
            in full.

5.          LEASE AGREEMENTS

            During 1995 and 1996, the Company entered into various capital
            leases for office related equipment. The lease terms range from 36
            to 60 months. Additionally, annual lease rental payments for each
            lease range from $1,300 to $40,000 per year. The schedule of future
            minimum lease payments below reflects all payments under the leases.

            The property and equipment accounts include $306,595 and $106,269
            for leases that have been capitalized at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
            respectively. Related accumulated amortization amounted to $28,864
            and $9,941 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

            The Company leases office space and certain equipment under
            noncancellable operating leases.



                                       F-22

<PAGE>

                           ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                          (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

            Future minimum lease payments under capital leases and noncancelable
            operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more
            at December 31, 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                         CAPITAL         OPERATING
                                                         LEASES           LEASES           TOTAL
                                                       ----------       ----------       ---------
            Year Ending:
            <S>                                        <C>              <C>              <C>
            1997................................        $  87,804          $69,535        $157,339
            1998................................           87,804           24,235         112,039
            1999................................           67,451            --             67,451
            2000................................           42,954            --             42,954
            2001................................           40,272            --             40,272
                                                       ----------       ----------       ---------
            Total minimum lease payments                  326,285          $93,770        $420,055
                                                                        ----------       ---------
                                                                        ----------       ---------
            Less amount representing interest              48,554
                                                       ----------                        
            Present value of net minimum lease 
             payments                                     277,731
            Less current portion                           66,758
                                                       ----------                        
            Long-term capital lease obligations          $210,973
                                                       ----------                        
                                                       ----------                        
</TABLE>

            Rental expense under operating leases for the years ended December
            31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was $63,425, $55,476 and $57,458,
            respectively.

6.          STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

            COMMON STOCK - On October 29, 1996, the Board of Directors of the
            Company effected a one-for-eight reverse split of the Company's
            outstanding common stock, options and warrants. In addition, the
            number of the Company's outstanding options and warrants have been
            reduced by a factor of eight and their exercise price has been
            increased by a factor of eight pursuant to this action.

            This one-for-eight reverse split is reflected in the accompanying
            consolidated financial statements and footnotes on a retroactive
            basis. The Company's previously reported number of shares of common
            stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1994 of
            16,985,524 and 16,965,524, has been adjusted to 2,123,191 and
            2,120,691, respectively. Previously reported weighted average number
            of outstanding shares of common stock for the years ended December
            31, 1995 and 1994, of 21,301,441 and 16,954,848, has been adjusted
            to 2,662,681 and 2,119,356, respectively. Previously reported
            earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994,
            of $.01 and NIL has been adjusted to $.09 and $.04, respectively.

            The Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities
            and Exchange Commission to register common stock to be issued in
            association with the redemption of outstanding warrants and
            distribution of common stock rights. This registration statement was
            declared effective on January 16, 1997. See Note 12.

            During 1996, the Company issued 20,000 shares of common stock in
            exchange for all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of a
            similar multi-level marketing company. See discussion of this
            acquisition at Note 11.

            During 1994, $2,147 of accounts payable were settled by the Company
            through the issuance of 1,342 shares of its common stock with an 
            estimated fair value as of the date of settlement which equaled the
            liability.  No gain or loss was recorded as a result of this 
            transaction.

            During 1994, the Company issued 7,500 shares of its common stock to
            a consultant for services rendered and 6,250 shares of stock for
            services performed by individuals primarily involved in marketing
            the


                                            F-23

<PAGE>


                              ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                             (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

            Company's programs. A charge of $22,000, the estimated fair value of
            the shares at the date of issuance, was recorded as selling expense.

            COMMON STOCK OPTIONS - The Company issued options in 1995 and 1994
            primarily for services rendered. The exercise price of these options
            was equal to or in excess of the fair market value of the Company's
            common stock at the date these options were issued. See Note 7 for
            the pro forma effects of SFAS 123.

            During 1995, the Company issued various options at exercise prices
            ranging from $2.00 per share to $6.48 per share. Options were
            granted primarily for services rendered and to ensure the future
            availability of those services to the Company. All of the issued and
            outstanding options are currently exercisable.

            During 1994, the Company issued options on 34,108 shares of the
            Company's common stock at exercise prices of $2.16 and $2.80 per
            share. These options are exercisable at any time through December
            31, 1999, so long as the individual is continuing to provide
            services to the Company at the date of exercise and vest at 20% per
            year.

            The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity
            for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 (as restated
            for the one-for-eight reverse split in October 1996):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 EXERCISE                             EXERCISE                          EXERCISE
                                  1996            PRICE               1995             PRICE             1994            PRICE
                               -----------     -------------       ----------       ------------      ----------     -------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>                 <C>              <C>                <C>           <C>
Options outstanding,
    beginning of year.....       1,540,177      $1.60 - 6.48          350,358       $1.60 - 2.80         316,250             $1.60
Options granted
   during the year:                   --              --              706,624               2.00            --               --
                                      --              --               44,445               2.16          28,750              2.16
                                      --              --                --                --               5,358              2.80
                                      --              --              302,500               3.60            --               --
                                      --              --              125,000               4.96            --               --
                                      --              --               11,250               6.48            --               --
                               -----------                         ----------                         ----------
                                      --                            1,189,819                             34,108
                               -----------                         ----------                         ----------
Options expired
   during the year........          11,250              6.48            --                --                --
                               -----------                         ----------                         ----------
Options outstanding,
   end of year............       1,528,927      $1.60 - 4.96        1,540,177       $1.60 - 6.48         350,358      $1.60 - 2.80
                               -----------                         ----------                         ----------
                               -----------                         ----------                         ----------

</TABLE>

            COMMON STOCK WARRANTS - The following table summarizes the Company's
            common stock warrants and their activity for the years ended
            December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 (as restated for the one-for-eight
            reverse split in October 1996):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               WARRANTS
                                                                              ISSUED AND      EXERCISE
                                                                             OUTSTANDING        PRICE          EXERCISE PERIOD
                                                                             -----------      --------      -------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>           <C>
DECEMBER 31, 1996:
    Class A Warrants, beginning of year................................         524,610         $6.00        4/26/89 - 7/26/97
    Class A Warrants exercised during the year.........................            (250)        $6.00
                                                                                -------
    Class A Warrants, end of year......................................         524,360
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------
    Class B Warrants...................................................         525,860         $8.00        4/26/89 - 7/26/97
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------
DECEMBER 31, 1995:
    Class A Warrants, beginning of year................................         525,860         $6.00        4/26/89 - 7/26/97
    Class A Warrants exercised during the year.........................          (1,250)        $6.00
                                                                                -------
    Class A Warrants, end of year......................................         524,610
                                                                                -------
                                                                                -------

</TABLE>

                                                      F-24
4<PAGE>


                        ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                      (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

<TABLE>

            <S>                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>
                Class A Warrants, end of year............................     524,610
                                                                              -------
                                                                              -------
                Class B Warrants ........................................     525,860     $8.00       4/26/89 - 7/26/97
                                                                              -------
                                                                              -------
            DECEMBER 31, 1994:
                Class A Warrants.........................................     525,860     $6.00       4/26/89 - 7/26/97
                                                                              -------
                Class B Warrants.........................................     525,860     $8.00       4/26/89 - 7/26/97
                                                                              -------

</TABLE>

            Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of common
            stock. The Company redeemed all Class A and Class B Warrants in
            January 1997. See discussion of the redemption at Note 12.

            OFFERING - The Company has signed a letter of intent with an
            underwriter to make a firmly underwritten public offering in 1997 of
            units consisting of one share of common stock of the Company and a
            warrant to purchase one additional such share. The agreement between
            the Company and the underwriter includes a provision requiring the
            Company to grant a warrant to the underwriter.

7.          STOCK OPTION PLAN

            During 1995, the Company approved the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the
            "Plan"). Under this Plan, options available for grant can consist of
            (i) nonqualified stock options, (ii) nonqualified stock options with
            stock appreciation rights attached, (iii) incentive stock options,
            and (iv) incentive stock options with stock appreciation rights
            attached. The Company has reserved 1,125,000 shares of the Company's
            common stock $.0001 par value, for the Plan. The Plan limits
            participation to employees, independent contractors, and
            consultants. Nonemployee directors are excluded from Plan
            participation. The option price for shares of stock subject to this
            Plan is set by the Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors
            at a price not less than 85% of the market value of the stock on the
            date of grant. No stock options shall be exercisable within six
            months from the date of grant, unless under a Plan exception, nor
            more than ten years after the date of grant. The Plan provides for
            the grant of stock appreciation rights, which allow the holder to
            receive in cash, stock or combination thereof, the difference
            between the exercise price and the fair value of the stock at date
            of exercise. The fair value of stock appreciation rights is charged
            to compensation expense. The stock appreciation right is not
            separable from the underlying stock option or incentive stock
            options originally granted and can only be exercised in tandem with
            the stock option. No options under this Plan have been granted or
            exercised as of December 31, 1996.

            The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 in 
            accounting for its stock-based compensation awards.  Accordingly, 
            no compensation cost has been recognized in the accompanying
            consolidated financial statements.  The following proforma data is 
            calculated as if compensation cost for the Company's stock-based 
            compensation awards (see also Note 6) was determined based upon the
            fair value at the grant date consistent with the methodology 
            prescribed under SFAS No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED 
            COMPENSATION:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------------------
                                                                                 1996              1995
                                                                            --------------   ---------------
            <S>                                                             <C>              <C>
            Net income as reported....................................          $825,157        $   249,708
            Proforma net income (loss)................................          $825,157        $(1,830,000)
            Net income per common share as reported...................          $   0.29        $      0.09
            Proforma net income (loss) per common share...............          $   0.29        $     (0.69)

</TABLE>

            The weighted average exercise price and fair value at the date of
            grant for options granted in fiscal year 1995 was $2.77 and $1.75,
            respectively. This fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes
            option pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend
            yield; volatility of 59%; a weighted average risk-free 

                                     F-25

<PAGE>

                       ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                      (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

            interest rate of 6.8%; no assumed forfeitures; and a weighted 
            average expected life of 7.3 years. The proforma amounts above 
            are not likely to be representative of future years because 
            options vest over several years and additional awards are generally
            made each year.

8.          RELATED PARTIES

            During 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company received approximately
            $9,116, $16,415 and $71,713, respectively, from Pre-Paid Legal
            Services, Inc., a stockholder, for commissions on sales of
            memberships for the services provided by Pre-Paid Legal Services,
            Inc.

            The Company made non-interest bearing cash advances to the John Hail
            Agency, Inc., ("JHA"), a company of which the Company's Chief
            Executive Officer and major shareholder is the sole director and
            shareholder, of $22,000, $87,684 and $66,026 during the years ended
            December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. JHA made repayments
            of these advances of $6,141, $67,401 and $9,069 during the years
            ended December 31, 1996, 1995, 1994, respectively. The Company also
            provided administrative services for JHA and recognized revenue from
            JHA of $6,000, $12,000 and $12,000 for the years ended December 31,
            1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively, and are included in the
            advances. The Company ceased providing administrative services for
            JHA during 1996 and adopted a policy to not make any further
            advances to JHA. JHA has executed a promissory note payable to the
            Company with a principal balance of $67,822 at December 31, 1996,
            bearing interest at 8.00% per annum and payable in installments of
            $1,499 per month.

            Certain stockholders receive commissions on revenue of the Company.
            Such commissions are recognized as compensation to the stockholders
            and are included in selling expense.

9.          INCOME TAXES

            On a regular basis, management evaluates all available evidence,
            both positive and negative, regarding the ultimate realization of
            the tax benefits of its deferred tax assets. Based upon the
            historical trend of increasing earnings, management has concluded
            that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized
            from its deferred tax assets and has therefore eliminated the
            previously recorded valuation allowance.

            The Company's deferred tax assets relate primarily to net operating
            loss carryforwards for income tax purposes at December 31, 1996,
            totaling approximately $1,346,951, which will begin to expire in
            2003. Reduction of the valuation allowance resulted in a deferred
            tax asset at December 31, 1996, of $499,613 and a corresponding tax
            benefit for the year ended December 31, 1996.

            A reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate to the
            effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 1996,
            1995, and 1994 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            
                                                                         1996          1995       1994
                                                                      ----------    ----------  ---------
            <S>                                                       <C>           <C>         <C>
            Statutory federal income tax rate.....................         34.0 %        34.0 %     34.0 %
            State tax effective rate..............................          2.6           3.7        4.8
            Benefit of graduated tax rates........................         (0.5)         (2.2)     (13.5)
            Benefit of operating loss carryforwards...............        (36.1)        (35.5)     (25.3)
            Reduction in valuation allowance......................       (153.5)          0.0        0.0
                                                                         ------        ------     ------
            Effective income tax rate.............................       (153.5)%         0.0 %      0.0 %
                                                                         ------        ------     ------
                                                                         ------        ------     ------

</TABLE>

            Deferred tax liabilities and assets at December 31, 1996 and 1995 
            are comprised of the following:

                                       F-26

<PAGE>


                         ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                        (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             1996               1995
                                                                         -----------           --------
            <S>                                                          <C>                 <C>
            Deferred tax liabilities:
              Depreciation and amortization........................       $     (850)         $   --
                                                                            --------          ---------
                         Total deferred tax liabilities............             (850)             --
                                                                            --------          ---------
            
            Deferred tax assets:
              Depreciation and amortization........................            --                 3,900
              Net operating loss carryforwards.....................          500,463            566,400
                                                                            --------          ---------
                          Total deferred tax assets................          500,463            570,300
              Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets..........             --             (570,300)
                                                                            --------          ---------
                          Total net deferred tax assets............          500,463             --
                                                                            --------          ---------
            Net deferred taxes.....................................          499,613             --
            Less current portion of net deferred tax assets........          157,853             --
                                                                            --------          ---------
            Noncurrent portion....................................          $341,760         $   --
                                                                            --------          ---------
                                                                            --------          ---------
            
</TABLE>
            
10.         COMMISSION ADVANCES

            Commission advances represent advances to certain associates and are
            repayable from future commissions earned by the associates. These
            advances do not bear interest and are classified in the accompanying
            consolidated balance sheets according to the expected timing of
            commissions to be earned by the associates.

11.         MIRACLE MOUNTAIN INTERNATIONAL, INC.

            Pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date of
            May 31, 1996 (the "Purchase Agreement"), the Company acquired all of
            the issued and outstanding capital stock of Miracle Mountain
            International, Inc., a Colorado corporation ("MMI"), and MMI became
            a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the "MMI Acquisition").
            The MMI Acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of
            accounting. MMI is a network marketer of various third-party
            manufactured nutritional supplement products. Pursuant to the
            Purchase Agreement and in connection with the MMI Acquisition, the
            Company issued and delivered to the shareholders of MMI 20,000
            shares of the Company's common stock.

            In connection with the MMI Acquisition, the excess of the purchase
            price of $176,103, which includes $56,103 of transaction costs, over
            the negative $3,059 fair value of the assets of MMI acquired, net of
            liabilities assumed, has been allocated $119,162 to goodwill and
            $60,000 to the covenant not to compete. Goodwill and the covenant
            not to compete will be amortized over seven and four and one-half
            year periods, respectively.

            The following unaudited pro forma results of operations for the
            years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 are presented as if the MMI
            Acquisition had been made at the beginning of each period presented.
            The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of
            either the results of operations that would have occurred had the
            purchase been made during the periods presented or the future
            results of the combined operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                          1996            1995
                                                                     --------------   ------------
            <S>                                                      <C>              <C>
            Net revenues.................................              $6,369,000       $4,796,000
            Net income...................................              $  794,000       $   89,000

</TABLE>

                                         F-27

<PAGE>

                         ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                        (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

                 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONCLUDED)
                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994


<TABLE>
            <S>                                                      <C>              <C>
            Net income per common share..................              $     0.28       $     0.03
            
</TABLE>

12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
            
              On January 31, 1997, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement (the
              "Purchase Agreement"), the Company acquired all of the issued and
              outstanding capital stock of Chambre International, Inc., a Texas
              corporation ("CII"), and CII became a wholly owned subsidiary of
              the Company (the "CII Acquisition"). The CII Acquisition will be
              accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. CII is a
              network marketer of various third-party manufactured cosmetics,
              skin care and hair care products. Pursuant to the Purchase
              Agreement and in connection with the CII Acquisition, the Company
              issued and delivered to the shareholders of CII 6,482 shares of
              common stock at closing. In addition, the Company issued and
              delivered an additional 7,518 shares of common stock to the
              shareholders of CII on March 31, 1997, after determination of
              certain liabilities.

              In April 1997, the Company acquired all of the assets of Stay 'N
              Shape International, Inc., Solution Products International, Inc.,
              Nation of Winners, Inc., and Now International, Inc. (the
              "Group"). The Company purchased all of the assets of the Group,
              free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, for a combination of
              $1,174,441 cash and shares of the Company's restricted
              (unregistered) common stock (the "Purchase Price") with an
              estimated fair value of up to $2,600,000, dependent upon meeting
              certain future sales targets. The cash portion of the Purchase
              Price was paid at closing. The stock portion of the Purchase Price
              will be issued and delivered over a 25-month period with stock
              valued at $800,000 delivered at closing, $750,000 due within 14
              months of closing, and $1,050,000 due within 25 months from
              closing. The Company has the option of substituting cash for any
              portion of the remaining purchase price. The number of shares of
              common stock to be issued and delivered, if any, is subject to the
              market value of the Company's common stock prior to the date of
              issuance and delivery as set forth in the purchase agreement. The
              Purchase Price is subject to reduction based on sales performance
              over a two-year period. The Group acquisition will be accounted
              for under the purchase method of accounting. Each company in the
              Group is a network marketer of various third-party manufactured
              nutritional supplements.

              On January 31, 1997, at 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time, the
              Company distributed, at no cost, non-transferable rights
              ("Rights") to the holders of record of shares of its common stock,
              par value $.0001 per share. The Rights entitled the holders (the
              "Rights Holders") to subscribe for and purchase up to 2,148,191
              units (each unit consisting of one share of common stock and one
              1997-A warrant) for the price of $6.80 per unit (the "Rights
              Offering"). The record date holders of common stock received one
              Right for each share of common stock held by them as of the record
              date. The Rights expired at 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time, on
              March 17, 1997. Pursuant to the Rights, Rights Holders could
              purchase one unit for each Right held.

              The share of common stock and 1997-A warrant comprising each unit
              were separately transferable immediately after the sale of the
              units to the Rights Holders. Each 1997-A warrant is exercisable at
              any time 90 days after January 16, 1997, and on or before January
              31, 1999, to purchase one share of common stock for $12.00,
              subject to adjustment in certain events, and may be redeemed by
              the Company at any time upon 30 days' notice, at a price of $.0001
              per 1997-A warrant.

              Concurrent with this Rights Offering, the Company elected to
              redeem all of its outstanding Class A and Class B Common Stock
              Purchase Warrants (the "Public Warrants") for $.0008 per warrant
              (the "Warrant Redemption") at 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time, on
              March 17, 1997. However, in connection with the Warrant
              Redemption, the Company, pursuant to modification of the terms of
              the Public Warrants, offered to the Public Warrant holders (the
              "Warrant Holders") the right to exercise the Public Warrants to
              purchase 

                                     F-28

<PAGE>

                        ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                       (FORMERLY AMS, INC.) AND SUBSIDIARY

               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONCLUDED)
                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994


              units, each comprised of one share of common stock and one 1997-A
              warrant, at an exercise price of $6.00 per unit (the "Warrant 
              Modification Offering").

              The units in the offerings described above were offered on a best
              efforts basis by the Company and its officers and directors,
              without commissions, selling fees or direct or indirect
              remuneration. The Rights and Warrant Holders were not required to
              pay any brokerage commissions or fees with respect to the exercise
              of their Rights or Public Warrants. The Company paid all charges
              and expenses of the subscription and warrant agents.

              The Company received proceeds of approximately $2,150,000 from the
              Warrant Modification Offering and the Rights Offering and paid
              costs incurred with respect to the offerings of approximately
              $325,000. Deferred offering costs of $175,848 at December 31,
              1996, were charged against the net proceeds from these offerings.

                                      * * * * * *

                                          F-29
<PAGE>

                        STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                             NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                           SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                             NATION OF WINNERS, INC.
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                       MARCH 31, 1997 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        MARCH 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1997          1996
                                                        ---------   ------------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>

                                 ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash................................................. $ 92,608     $  48,041
  Inventory............................................  132,416       145,150
  Prepayments..........................................    6,258         9,508
                                                        --------     ----------
       Total current assets............................  231,282       202,699

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net............................    3,761         4,337
                                                        --------     ----------
TOTAL ASSETS........................................... $235,043      $207,036
                                                        --------     ----------
                                                        --------     ----------

                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities............. $ 55,400      $ 51,090
  Due to stockholders..................................    --           16,102
                                                        ---------     ----------
            Total liabilities..........................   55,400        67,192

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock.........................................  325,000       325,000
  Accumulated deficit.................................. (145,357)     (185,156)
                                                        ---------     ---------
            Total stockholders' equity.................  179,643       139,844
                                                        ---------     ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY............. $235,043      $207,036
                                                        ---------     ---------
                                                        ---------     ---------
</TABLE>


                   SEE NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                         STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                              NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                              NATION OF WINNERS, INC.
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                THREE MONTHS       THREE MONTHS
                                                   ENDED              ENDED
                                                 MARCH 31,          MARCH 31,
                                                    1997               1996
                                                ------------       ------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>                <C>
Net sales......................................  $583,461            $604,419
Cost of sales..................................   313,249             409,821
                                                 --------            ---------
   Gross profit................................   270,212             194,598
Marketing, distribution and administrative 
 expenses.....................................    230,413             195,507
                                                 --------            ---------
NET INCOME (LOSS)..............................  $ 39,799            $   (909)
                                                 --------            ---------
                                                 --------            ---------

</TABLE>

              SEE NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


                                     F-31
<PAGE>

                       STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                          SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                            NATION OF WINNERS, INC.
                            NATION OF WINNERS, INC.
                      COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1996

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           THREE MONTHS   THREE MONTHS
                                                                               ENDED         ENDED
                                                                             MARCH 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                                               1997          1996
                                                                           -----------   -------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net Income  (Loss)  ....................................................    $39,799       $  (909)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash 
      provided by operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization.....................................        576         1,317
        Changes in assets and liabilities which provided cash:
          Inventory.......................................................     12,734        15,251
          Other assets....................................................      3,250            --
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses...........................      4,310        13,709
                                                                              -------      --------
            Net cash provided by operating activities.....................     60,669        29,368
                                                                              -------      --------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Loans from stockholders.................................................         --         7,000
  Payment on notes payable - stockholders.................................    (16,102)          --
                                                                              -------      --------
            Net cash provided (used) by financing activities..............    (16,102)        7,000
                                                                              -------      --------

NET INCREASE IN CASH......................................................     44,567        36,368

BEGINNING CASH BALANCE....................................................     48,041        56,002
                                                                              -------      --------

ENDING CASH BALANCE.......................................................    $92,608      $ 92,370
                                                                              -------      --------
                                                                              -------      --------
</TABLE>


                           SEE NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                     F-32

<PAGE>

                          STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                              NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                               NATION OF WINNERS, INC.
                                          
                   NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.   UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The unaudited combined financial statements and related notes of Stay 'N
     Shape International, Inc. ("SSII"), NOW International, Inc.("NII"),
     Solution Products, Inc. ("SPI") and Nation of Winners, Inc.("NWI"),
     (collectively SSII, NII, SPI and NWI are referred to as the "SSII Group"),
     have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission.  Accordingly, certain information and footnote
     disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been omitted
     pursuant to such rules and regulations.  The members of the SSII Group have
     common owners.  All balances with affiliates have been eliminated in
     combination.

     The information furnished reflects, in the opinion of management, all
     adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair
     presentation of the results of the interim periods presented.  Operating
     results of the interim period are not necessarily indicative of the amounts
     that will be reported for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     NATURE OF BUSINESS -- Each member of the SSII Group is engaged in the
     marketing of consumer products through a network sales organization of
     independent sales associates developed by the SSII Group.  The SSII Group
     also sells supplies and materials to its sales associates. 

     USE OF ESTIMATES -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
     with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
     of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
     expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from
     those estimates.

     REVENUE RECOGNITION -- Revenue is recognized when products are shipped.

     INVENTORY -- Inventory consists of consumer product inventory, and training
     and promotional material such as video tapes, cassette tapes and paper
     supplies held for sale to customers and independent sales associates. 
     Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined on
     a first-in, first-out method.

     PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Property and equipment are recorded at cost and
     depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
     of the assets.

     INCOME TAXES -- The members of the SSII Group have elected to be treated as
     "S Corporations" as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.  Tax
     liabilities, if any, are therefore the direct obligations of the members'
     stockholders.

3.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement having an effective date of April
     16, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"), Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc.
     ("AMS") acquired all of the assets of the SSII Group, free and clear of any
     lien, charge, claim, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any
     type or kind whatsoever, known or unknown (the "SSII Asset Purchase").  The
     SSII Asset Purchase was closed on April 16, 1997.  The SSII Asset Purchase
     will be accounted for by AMS under the purchase method of accounting. 


                                         F-33
<PAGE>

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Stockholders of 
Stay 'N Shape International, Inc.,
Now International, Inc., Solution Products, Inc.
  and Nation of Winners, Inc.
Atlanta, Georgia

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Stay 'N Shape
International, Inc., Now International, Inc., Solution Products, Inc. and Nation
of Winners, Inc. (collectively the "Companies") as of December 31, 1996, and the
related combined statements of operations, stockholder's equity, and cash flows
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.  These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Companies' management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the combined financial position of the Companies at December
31, 1996, and the results of their combined operations and their combined  cash
flows for the  years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
April 11, 1997


                                         F-34
<PAGE>

                       STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                           SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                             NATION OF WINNERS, INC.

                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                      ASSETS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash..............................................       $  48,041
   Inventory.........................................         145,150
   Prepayments.......................................           9,508
                                                            ---------
             Total current assets....................         202,699

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net..........................           4,337
                                                            ---------
TOTAL................................................       $ 207,036
                                                            ---------
                                                            ---------
                                    
                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES:
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses.............       $  51,090
   Due to stockholders...............................          16,102
                                                            ---------
             Total liabilities.......................          67,192
                                                            ---------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Common stock.......................................        325,000
   Accumulated deficit................................       (185,156)
                                                            ---------
            Total stockholders' equity................        139,844
                                                            ---------
TOTAL..................................................     $ 207,036
                                                            ---------
                                                            ---------
</TABLE>

                  SEE NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                    F-35
<PAGE>

                     STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                          NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                         SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                           NATION OF WINNERS, INC.

                      COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996         1995
                                                              ----------   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Net sales..................................................   $2,377,022   $2,486,565
Cost of sales..............................................    1,497,811    1,316,350
                                                              ----------   ----------

    Gross profit...........................................      879,211    1,170,215
Marketing, distribution and administrative expenses........      937,470    1,063,911
                                                              ----------   ----------
NET INCOME (LOSS)..........................................   $  (58,259)  $  106,304
                                                              ----------   ----------
                                                              ----------   ----------
</TABLE>

                  SEE NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                    F-36
<PAGE>

                      STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                           NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                          SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                            NATION OF WINNERS, INC.

                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   COMMON                               TOTAL
                                                   STOCK           ACCUMULATED       STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                  (NOTE 3)           DEFICIT            EQUITY
                                                 ----------        -----------       -------------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>               <C>
BALANCE,
   JANUARY 1, 1995............................     $325,000         $(233,201)         $  91,799

Net income....................................        --              106,304            106,304
                                                   --------         ---------          ---------
BALANCE,
   DECEMBER 31, 1995 .........................      325,000          (126,897)           198,103

Net loss......................................        --              (58,259)           (58,259)
                                                   --------         ---------          ---------
BALANCE,
   DECEMBER 31, 1996..........................     $325,000         $(185,156)         $ 139,844
                                                   --------         ---------          ---------
                                                   --------         ---------          ---------

</TABLE>


                   SEE NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                F-37
<PAGE>

                        STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                             NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                              NATION OF WINNERS, INC.

                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1996                 1995
                                                                                  ----------           --------
<S>                                                                               <C>                  <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)........................................................      $ (58,259)           $106,304

   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
      cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

        Depreciation........................................................          5,268               4,927

        Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash:

           Due to/from stockholders.........................................         34,000             (17,898)

           Inventory........................................................         28,182             (64,350)

           Prepayments......................................................         (6,236)             (3,272)

           Accounts payable and accrued expenses............................        (10,916)             33,018
                                                                                  ---------          ----------
                   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities......         (7,961)             58,729
                                                                                 ----------          ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES -
   Purchase of property and equipment.......................................           --                (2,727)
                                                                                 ----------          ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH.............................................         (7,961)             56,002

BEGINNING CASH BALANCE......................................................         56,002                 --
                                                                                 ----------          ----------
ENDING CASH BALANCE.........................................................     $   48,041          $   56,002
                                                                                 ----------          ----------
                                                                                 ----------          ----------
</TABLE>

                  SEE NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                    F-38
<PAGE>

                       STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                          SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                            NATION OF WINNERS, INC.

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   COMBINATION - The financial statements include the combined accounts 
   of Stay 'N International, Inc., Now International, Inc., Solution Products, 
   Inc. and Nation of Winners, Inc. (collectively, the "Companies").
   The Companies have common owners. All balances with affiliates have been 
   eliminated in combination.

   NATURE OF BUSINESS - The Companies are engaged in marketing consumer
   products through a network sales organization of independent sales
   associates. The Companies also sell supplies and materials to their
   sales associates.

   USE OF ESTIMATES - The preparation of financial statements in
   conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
   management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
   reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
   contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
   statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
   the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
   estimates.

   INVENTORY - Inventory consists of consumer product inventory, and
   training and promotional material such as video tapes, cassette
   tapes and paper supplies held for sale to customers and independent
   sales associates. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost
   (first-in, first-out) or market. The Company purchased approximately
   47% and 55% of its merchandise inventory from one vendor for the
   years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are recorded at cost
   and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the
   estimated useful lives of the assets.

   INCOME TAXES - The Companies have elected to be treated as "S
   Corporations" as permitted by the Internal Revenue Code. Tax
   liabilities, if any, are therefore the direct obligations of the
   Companies' stockholders.

   REVENUE RECOGNITION - Revenue is recognized when products are
   shipped.

2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

   Property and equipment consists of office furniture, fixtures, and
   equipment of $21,410 less accumulated depreciation of $17,073 at
   December 31, 1996.

3. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   Details of the Companies' common stock at December 31, 1996 and 1995
   are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SHARES         ISSUED AND                       DOLLAR VALUE
                                                                     AUTHORIZED        OUTSTANDING       PAR VALUE     COMMON STOCK
                                                                     ----------        -----------       ---------     ------------
   <S>                                                               <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>
   Stay 'N Shape International, Inc...............................    100,000          None Issued         $1.25         $      --
   Now International, Inc.........................................    100,000              100,000          1.00           100,000
   Solution Products, Inc.........................................    100,000              100,000          1.25           125,000
   Nation of Winners, Inc.........................................    100,000              100,000          1.00           100,000
                                                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                                                          $325,000
                                                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>

                                       F-39
<PAGE>


                       STAY 'N SHAPE INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                            NOW INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                          SOLUTION PRODUCTS, INC. AND
                            NATION OF WINNERS, INC.

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONCLUDED)
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1995

4. SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

   The Companies maintain two simplified employee benefit plans
   ("SEP's") for their executives. Contribution amounts are determined
   annually based on performance of the Companies. Contribution expense
   related to these plans aggregated $60,000 and $45,000 for the years
   ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

   In April 1997, Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. ("AMS") acquired
   all of the assets of the Companies. AMS is a network marketer of
   various third party manufactured nutritional supplements. AMS
   purchased all of the assets of the Companies, free and clear of all
   liens and encumbrances, for a combination of $1,174,441 cash and
   shares of AMS' restricted (unregistered) common stock (the "Purchase
   Price") with an estimated fair value of up to $2,600,000, dependent
   upon meeting certain future sales targets. The cash portion of the
   Purchase Price was paid at closing. The stock portion of the
   Purchase Price will be issued and delivered over a 25-month period
   with stock valued at $800,000 delivered at closing, $750,000 due
   within 14 months of closing, and $1,050,000 due within 25 months
   from closing. AMS has the option of substituting cash for any
   portion of the remaining purchase price. The number of shares of
   common stock to be issued and delivered, if any, is subject to the
   market value of the AMS' common stock prior to the date of issuance
   and delivery as set forth in the purchase agreement. The Purchase
   Price is subject to reduction based on sales performance over a
   two-year period.

                                   * * * * * *

                                       F-40
<PAGE>

==========================================================================
   NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY 
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, 
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED 
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. 
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN 
OFFER TO BUY, BY ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR 
SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR 
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS 
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS 
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE, CREATE 
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY 
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.

                                  ---------

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                      PAGE
                                                                      ----
Prospectus Summary..............................................        3
Risk Factors....................................................        9
Use of Proceeds..................................................      17
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy..................      18
Capitalization...................................................      20
Selected Financial Information...................................      21
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations...................      23
Description of Plan.............................................       29
Business.........................................................      34
Management.......................................................      48
Certain Transactions.............................................      52
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial                                 
 Owners and Management...........................................      53
Description of Securities........................................      54
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..................................      58
Plan of Distribution.............................................      60
Legal Matters....................................................      60
Experts..........................................................      60
Additional Information...........................................      61
Index to Financial Statements......................................    F-1

                              ------------

                           ADVANTAGE MARKETING
                              SYSTEMS, INC. 

                               5,000,000

                        PARTICIPATION INTERESTS

                            IN THE ADVANTAGE
                         MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                         1998 DISTRIBUTOR STOCK
                             PURCHASE PLAN


                              ------------
                               PROSPECTUS
                              ------------

Requests for general information or additional copies of this Prospectus 
should be directed to the Company by calling or writing the Company at:

                     ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.   
                  2601 NORTHWEST EXPRESSWAY, SUITE 1210W
                    OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLAHOMA 73112-7293
                      ATTENTION:  CORPORATE SECRETARY
                       TELEPHONE:  (405) 842-0131


                              ------------


                                        , 1998

==========================================================================
<PAGE>
                                       PART II

                       INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS 

ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Section 1031 of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act permits (and the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, which are incorporated by
reference herein, authorize) indemnification of directors and officers of the
Registrant and officers and directors of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise who serve at the request of the Registrant,
against expenses, including attorneys fees, judgments, fines and amount paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with
any action, suit or proceeding in which such person is a party by reason of such
person being or having been a director or officer of the Registrant or at the
request of the Registrant, if he conducted himself in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The Registrant may not
indemnify an officer or a director with respect to any claim, issue or matter as
to which such officer or director shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
Registrant, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or
suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication
of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court
shall deem proper.  To the extent that an officer or director is successful on
the merits or otherwise in defense on the merits or otherwise in defense of any
action, suit or proceeding with respect to which such person is entitled to
indemnification, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such
person is entitled to be indemnified against expenses, including attorney's
fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. 

     The circumstances under which indemnification is granted with an action
brought on behalf of the Registrant are generally the same as those set forth
above; however, expenses incurred by an officer or a director in defending a
civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in
advance of final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
such officer or director to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined
that such officer or director is not entitled to indemnification by the
Registrant.

     These provisions may be sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). 

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <S>                                                                   <C>
       S.E.C. Registration Fees                                            $      .00
       N.A.S.D. Filing Fees                                                       .00
     *State Securities Laws (Blue Sky) Legal Fees                           20,000.00
     *State Securities Laws Filing Fees                                     20,000.00
     *Printing and Engraving                                                15,000.00
     *Legal Fees                                                            20,000.00
     *Accounting Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      14,000.00
     *Transfer and Warrant Agent's Fees and Costs of Certificates. . .       1,000.00
     *Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            .00
                                                                           ----------
                                                                           $90,000.00
                                                                           ----------
                                                                           ----------
</TABLE>
     ------------------------
     *Estimated

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

     Registrant has sold and issued the securities described below within the
past three years which were not registered under the Act.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             DATE OF    PURCHASE      NUMBER 
                           PURCHASE OR  PRICE PER    OF SHARES
   NAME                     ISSUANCE      SHARE      PURCHASED  NET PROCEEDS  CONSIDERATION
- -----------------------    -----------  ---------   ----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
R. Baresel. . . . . . .    12-29-94     $  .20        60,000     $ 12,000       Services 
C. Blackwood. . . . . .    12-30-94        .20        25,000        5,000       Services
P. Pierro . . . . . . .    12-30-94        .20        25,000        5,000       Services
A/P Conversion. . . . .    12-30-94        .20        10,737        2,147  
R. & R. Nance . . . . .     2-28-97       2.16         6,945       15,001       Cash     
D. Melakayil. . . . . .     3-18-97       2.00         1,250        2,500       Cash     
T. Melakayil. . . . . .     3-18-97       2.00         1,250        2,500       Cash     
M. Walke. . . . . . . .     5-29-97       1.60         6,250       10,000       Cash     
W. Hargrove . . . . . .     5-29-97       1.60        25,000       40,000       Cash     
M. Steers . . . . . . .     5-29-97       1.60         6,250       10,000       Cash     
R. Baresel. . . . . . .    12-28-97       1.60         7,862       12,579       Stock     
J. Duncan . . . . . . .    12-28-97       1.60        15,000       24,000       Cash     
L. Hooter . . . . . . .    12-28-97       1.60        11,007       17,611       Stock     
D. Huff . . . . . . . .    12-28-97       1.60         7,862       12,579       Stock     
D. Loney. . . . . . . .    12-28-97       1.60         6,250       10,000       Cash     
D. Morgan . . . . . . .    12-28-97       1.60        25,000       40,000       Cash
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1)  No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such
sales.

     Pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date of May 31,
1996, Registrant acquired  the issued and outstanding capital stock of Miracle
Mountain International, Inc., a Colorado corporation.  On June 20, 1996,
Registrant issued 160,000 shares of its Common Stock to the shareholders of
Miracle Mountain International, Inc. pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D.

     Pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date of January
31, 1997, (the "CII Purchase Agreement"), Registrant acquired the issued and
outstanding capital stock of Chambre, International, Inc., a Texas corporation. 
Registrant issued and delivered 6,842 shares of Common Stock on January 31,
1997, and issued and delivered an additional 7,518 shares of Common Stock to the
shareholders of Chambre, International, Inc. on March 31, 1997, pending
determination of certain liabilities.   The shares of Common Stock were issued
pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D.

     Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 16, 1997, Registrant
issued and delivered 125,984 shares of Common Stock to Solution Products
International, Inc. for its own account and as agent for and on behalf of Stay
'N Shape International, Inc., Nation of Winners, Inc., and Now International,
Inc.  The shares of Common Stock were issued pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation
D.

     The Company relied on Rule 147 and Sections 3 and 4(2) of the Securities 
Act of 1933 for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act.  
Each investor was furnished with information concerning the formation and 
operations of the Registrant, and each had the opportunity to verify the 
information supplied.  Additionally, Registrant obtained a signed 
representation from each of the foregoing persons in connection with the 
purchase of the Common Stock of his or her intent to acquire such Common 
Stock for the purpose of investment only, and not with a view toward the 
subsequent distribution thereof; each of the certificates representing the 
Common Stock of the Registrant has been stamped with a legend restricting 
transfer of the securities represented thereby, and the Registrant has issued 
stop transfer instructions to U.S. Stock Transfer Inc., the Transfer Agent 
for the Common Stock of the Company, concerning all certificates representing 
the Common Stock issued in the above-described transactions.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     EXHIBIT NO.
     -----------

       2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger between Registrant and AMS, Inc.(1)

       2.2     Certificate of Merger of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (A
               Delaware Corporation) with and into Advantage Marketing Systems,
               Inc. (An Oklahoma Corporation).(1)

       3.1     The Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation.

       3.2     The Registrant's Bylaws.

       4.1     The Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1998 Distributor Stock
               Purchase Plan.

       5.1     Opinion of Dunn Swan & Cunningham, A Professional Corporation,
               counsel to Registrant, regarding legality of the securities
               covered by this Registration Statement.

       10.1    Legal Services Agreement between Registrant and Pre-Paid Legal
               Services, dated September 1, 1988.(2)

       10.2    Lease Agreement between Registrant and International Business
               Machines Corporation, dated May 22, 1989.(2)

       10.3    Group Contract between Registrant and Consumer Benefit Services,
               Inc., dated April 2, 1989.(2)

       10.4    Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Topped, Inc., dated
               June 1, 1989.(2)

       10.5    Lease Agreement between Registrant and Kaiser Francis Oil
               Company, dated June 1, 1993.(3)

       10.6    Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan.(4)

       10.7    Agreement between Registrant and Consumer Benefit Services, Inc.,
               dated October 20,  1995.(4)

       10.8    Agreement between Registrant and Advanced Products, Inc., dated
               November 28, 1994.(4)

       10.9    Agreement between Registrant and J&K Pharmaceutical Laboratories,
               dated April 22, 1996.(5)

       10.10   Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date of May 31,
               1996, between Registrant, Miracle Mountain International, Inc.,
               Richard Seaton, Gene Burson, Kaye Jennings, Daryl Burson, James
               Rogers.(6)

       10.11   Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date of January 31,
               1997, among Registrant, Chambre, International, Inc., Janet 
               Britt, Jerry Hampton, Teresa Hampton, James Baria, Florence 
               Baria, Rose Cashin, Pat Eason, Joseph Williams, Livia Williams, 
               Don Black, Nadine Black, Lynda Brown, Gary Galindo, Harold 
               Griffin, Linda Griffin, Iren Van Vlaenderen, Dean Van Vlaenderen,
               Rose Hilgedick, Julie Connary, and Royce Britt.(5)

       10.12   Asset Purchase Agreement among Registrant, Stay 'N Shape
               International, Inc., Solution Products International, Inc.,
               Nation of Winners, Inc., Now International, Inc., Carl S. Rainey
               and Danny Gibson, dated April 16, 1997.(8)

       10.13   Warrant Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Stock Transfer
               Inc., dated as of January 20, 1997, as amended and restated
               January 8, 1998.(9)

       10.14   Unit and Warrant Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Stock
               Transfer Inc., dated as of November 6, 1997, as amended and
               restated January 8, 1998.(10)
       23.1    Independent Auditors' Consent.

       23.2    Consent of Counsel.


                                     II-3
<PAGE>
       24.1    Power of Attorney of John Hail.

       24.2    Power of Attorney of Curtis H. Wilson, Sr.

       24.3    Power of Attorney of Roger P. Baresel.

       24.4    Power of Attorney of R. Terren Dunlap.

       24.5    Power of Attorney of Harland C. Stonecipher.
- --------------------------------------------
(1)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on
       December 11, 1995.
(2)    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended
       December 31, 1989, filed with the Commission on September 18, 1990.
(3)    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended
       December 31, 1993, filed with the Commission on April 14, 1994.
(4)    Incorporated by reference to Form SB-2 Registration Statement 
       (No. 33-80629), filed with the Commission on November 20, 1996.
(5)    Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to Form SB-2 Registration
       Statement (No. 33-80629), filed with the Commission on January 14, 1997.
(6)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on July
       12, 1996.
(7)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on
       February 18, 1997.
(8)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May
       1, 1997.
(9)    Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to Form 8-A Registration
       Statement, filed with the Commission on January 13, 1998.
(10)   Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Form 8-A Registration
       Statement, filed with the Commission on January 14, 1998.
(11)   To be furnished by amendment.

ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS

  (a) RULE 415 OFFERING.

  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

       (1)     To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
  made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

       (i)     To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
  Securities Act of 1933;

       (ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which,
  individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information
  in the registration statement; and

       (iii)   To include any additional or changed material information on the
  plan of distribution.

       (2)     For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each
  post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities
  offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial
  bona fide offering.

       (3)     File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any
  of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

       (4)     Will supplement the prospectus, after the end of the subscription
  period, to include the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by
  underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed
  securities that the underwriters will purchase and the terms of any later
  reoffering.

       (5)     If the underwriters make any public offering of the securities on
  terms different from those on the cover page of the prospectus, file a post-
  effective amendment to state the terms of such offering.


                                      II-4
<PAGE>
  (e)  REQUEST FOR ACCELERATION OF EFFECTIVE DATE.

  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
  of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
  persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
  the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
  Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
  expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
  than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
  director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful
  defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,
  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
  registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
  matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
  appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
  against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
  by the final adjudication of such issue.

  (f) RULE 430A.

  The Registrant hereby undertakes that it will (i) for determining any
  liability under the Securities Act, treat the information omitted from the
  form of prospectus filed as a part of this Registration Statement in reliance
  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant
  under Rule 424(b)(1), or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act as a part of
  this Registration Statement as of the time the Commission declared it
  effective, and (ii) for determining any liability under the Securities Act,
  treat each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a
  new registration statement for the securities offered in the registration
  statement, and that offering of the securities at that time as the initial
  bona fide offering of those securities.


                                     II-5
<PAGE>
                                      SIGNATURES


  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
hereby certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of
the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this  Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned in the City of Oklahoma
City, State of Oklahoma, on the 9th day of March, 1998.


                              ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                              (Registrant)


                              By:  /S/JOHN W. HAIL     
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   John W. Hail, Chief Executive Officer

  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated:

  SIGNATURE                            TITLE                        DATE
  ---------                            -----                        ----

 /S/JOHN W. HAIL              Chairman of the Board, Chief       March 9, 1998
- --------------------------    Executive Officer and Director
 John W. Hail                 


 /S/CURTIS H. WILSION, SR.    Vice-Chairman of the Board         March 9, 1998
- --------------------------    and Director
 Curtis H. Wilson, Sr.    


 /S/ROGER P. BARESEL          President, Chief Financial         March 9, 1998
- --------------------------    Officer and Director
Roger P. Baresel          


 /S/R. TERREN DUNLAP          Director                           March 9, 1998
- --------------------------
 R. Terren Dunlap                  


 /S/HARLAND C. STONECIPHER    Director                           March 9, 1998
- --------------------------
Harland C. Stonecipher


                                     II-6
<PAGE>

Index to Exhibits

     EXHIBIT NO.              DESCRIPTION
     -----------              -----------

       2.1     Agreement and Plan of Merger between Registrant and AMS, Inc.(1)

       2.2     Certificate of Merger of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (A
               Delaware Corporation) with and into Advantage Marketing Systems,
               Inc. (An Oklahoma Corporation).(1)

       3.1     The Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation.

       3.2     The Registrant's Bylaws.

       4.1     The Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1998 Distributor Stock
               Purchase Plan.

       5.1     Opinion of Dunn Swan & Cunningham, A Professional Corporation,
               counsel to Registrant, regarding legality of the securities
               covered by this Registration Statement.

       10.1    Legal Services Agreement between Registrant and Pre-Paid Legal
               Services, dated September 1, 1988.(2)

       10.2    Lease Agreement between Registrant and International Business
               Machines Corporation, dated May 22, 1989.(2)

       10.3    Group Contract between Registrant and Consumer Benefit Services,
               Inc., dated April 2, 1989.(2)

       10.4    Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Topped, Inc., dated
               June 1, 1989.(2)

       10.5    Lease Agreement between Registrant and Kaiser Francis Oil
               Company, dated June 1, 1993.(3)

       10.6    Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan.(4)

       10.7    Agreement between Registrant and Consumer Benefit Services, Inc.,
               dated October 20,  1995.(4)

       10.8    Agreement between Registrant and Advanced Products, Inc., dated
               November 28, 1994.(4)

       10.9    Agreement between Registrant and J&K Pharmaceutical Laboratories,
               dated April 22, 1996.(5)

       10.10   Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date of May 31,
               1996, between Registrant, Miracle Mountain International, Inc.,
               Richard Seaton, Gene Burson, Kaye Jennings, Daryl Burson, James
               Rogers.(6)

       10.11   Stock Purchase Agreement having an effective date of January 31,
               1997, among Registrant, Chambre, International, Inc., Janet 
               Britt, Jerry Hampton, Teresa Hampton, James Baria, Florence 
               Baria, Rose Cashin, Pat Eason, Joseph Williams, Livia Williams, 
               Don Black, Nadine Black, Lynda Brown, Gary Galindo, Harold 
               Griffin, Linda Griffin, Iren Van Vlaenderen, Dean Van Vlaenderen,
               Rose Hilgedick, Julie Connary, and Royce Britt.(5)

       10.12   Asset Purchase Agreement among Registrant, Stay 'N Shape
               International, Inc., Solution Products International, Inc.,
               Nation of Winners, Inc., Now International, Inc., Carl S. Rainey
               and Danny Gibson, dated April 16, 1997.(8)

       10.13   Warrant Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Stock Transfer
               Inc., dated as of January 20, 1997, as amended and restated
               January 8, 1998.(9)

       10.14   Unit and Warrant Agreement between Registrant and U.S. Stock
               Transfer Inc., dated as of November 6, 1997, as amended and
               restated January 8, 1998.(10)
       23.1    Independent Auditors' Consent.

       23.2    Consent of Counsel.

<PAGE>
       24.1    Power of Attorney of John Hail.

       24.2    Power of Attorney of Curtis H. Wilson, Sr.

       24.3    Power of Attorney of Roger P. Baresel.

       24.4    Power of Attorney of R. Terren Dunlap.

       24.5    Power of Attorney of Harland C. Stonecipher.
- --------------------------------------------
(1)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on
       December 11, 1995.
(2)    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended
       December 31, 1989, filed with the Commission on September 18, 1990.
(3)    Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended
       December 31, 1993, filed with the Commission on April 14, 1994.
(4)    Incorporated by reference to Form SB-2 Registration Statement 
       (No. 33-80629), filed with the Commission on November 20, 1996.
(5)    Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to Form SB-2 Registration
       Statement (No. 33-80629), filed with the Commission on January 14, 1997.
(6)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on July
       12, 1996.
(7)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on
       February 18, 1997.
(8)    Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May
       1, 1997.
(9)    Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to Form 8-A Registration
       Statement, filed with the Commission on January 13, 1998.
(10)   Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Form 8-A Registration
       Statement, filed with the Commission on January 14, 1998.
(11)   To be furnished by amendment.

<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF

                          ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.

     Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. (formerly AMS, Inc.), an Oklahoma
corporation (the "Corporation"), for the purpose of amending its Certificate of
Incorporation, as originally filed on May 22, 1987, as provided by Sections 1077
and 1080 of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act, hereby certifies that this
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted which amends
and restates in entirety the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as
follows:

                               ------------------------

     FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is: Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc.

     SECOND:  The address of its registered office in the State of Oklahoma is
2800 Oklahoma Tower, 210 Park Avenue, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  The name of its
registered agent at such address is Michael E. Dunn.

     THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted
are:

          To conduct any lawful business, to exercise any lawful purpose and
     power, and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations
     may be organized under the Act, and in general, to possess and exercise all
     the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law of
     Oklahoma or by this Certificate of Incorporation together with any powers
     incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or
     convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the businesses or
     purposes of the Corporation.

     FOURTH:  The total number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation
shall have authority to issue is Four Hundred Ninety-Five Million (495,000,000)
shares.  The par value of each such share of Common Stock shall be One-Hundredth
of One Cent ($0.0001), amounting in the aggregate to Forty-Nine Thousand Five
Hundred Dollars ($49,500.00).  The shares of Common Stock shall have no
preemptive or preferential rights of subscription concerning further issuance or
authorization of the Corporation's shares of Common Stock.  Each share of Common
Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote, in person or by proxy, on
any matter upon which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.

     The total number of shares of Preferred Stock which this Corporation shall
have authority to issue is Five Million (5,000,000) shares.  The par value of
each such share of Preferred Stock shall be One-Hundredth of One Cent ($0.0001),
amounting in the aggregate to Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00).  The Preferred
Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series and (a) may have
such voting powers, full or limited, or may be without voting powers; (b) may be
subject to redemption at such time or times and at such prices; (c) may be
entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or noncumulative) at such
rate or rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference
to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes
or series of stock; (d) may have such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon
any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; (e) may be made convertible
into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other
series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation, at
such price or prices or at such rates of exchange, and with such adjustments;
and (f) shall have such other relative, participating, optional or special
rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall hereafter
be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue
of such Preferred Stock from time to time adopted by the Board of Directors
pursuant to authority so to do which is hereby vested in the Board of Directors.

     At any time and from time to time when authorized by resolution of the
Board of Directors and without any action by its shareholders, the Corporation
may issue or sell any shares of its stock of any class or series, whether out of
the unissued shares thereof authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation as
originally filed, or by an amendment thereof, and whether or not the shares
thereof so issued or sold shall confer upon the holders thereof the right to
exchange or convert such shares for or into other shares of stock of the
Corporation of any class or classes or any series thereof.  When similarly
authorized, but without any action by its shareholders, the Corporation may
issue or grant rights,

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

warrants or options, in bearer or registered or such other form as the Board 
of Directors may determine, for the purchase of shares of the stock of any 
class or series of the Corporation within such period of time, or without 
limit as to time, to such aggregate number of shares, and at such price per 
share, as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such rights, warrants or 
options may be issued or granted separately or in connection with the issue 
of any bonds, debentures, notes, obligations or other evidences of 
indebtedness or shares of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation 
and for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the Board of 
Directors, in its sole discretion, may determine.  In each case, the 
consideration to be received by the Corporation for any such shares so issued 
or sold shall be such as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of 
Directors.

     FIFTH:  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Scott C.
Sublett, 1012 Northwest Grand Boulevard, Suite A, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 
73118.

     SIXTH:  Except as may otherwise be provided in this Certificate or in the
Bylaws of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, the
Board of Directors shall have all powers and authority which may be granted to a
board of directors of a corporation under the Act, including but not limited to
the following:

          (a)  To adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

          (b)  To authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens upon
     the real and personal property of the Corporation.

          (c)  To set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available
     for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and to abolish
     any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

          (d)  To designate one or more committees.

          (e)  To sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the
     property and assets of the Corporation, including its good will and its
     corporate franchises, upon such terms and conditions and for such
     consideration, which may consist in whole or in part of money or property
     including shares of stock in, and/or other securities of, any other
     corporation or corporations, as the Board of Directors shall deem expedient
     and for the best interest of the Corporation, when and as authorized by the
     shareholders entitled to vote thereon.

          (f)  To provide indemnification for directors, officers, employees,
     and/or agents of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law,
     subject however, to the rules against limitation on liability of directors
     as set forth in Section 1006 of the Act, as amended from time to time.

          (g)  To determine from time to time whether and to what extent, and at
     what times and places and under what conditions and regulations, the
     accounts and books of the Corporation or any of them, shall be opened to
     the inspection of the shareholders, and no shareholder shall have any right
     to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as
     conferred by the Act or authorized by the Board of Directors, or by a
     resolution of the shareholders.

     SEVENTH:  The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of one or
more members.  The number of directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner
provided in the Bylaws.  The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are
to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until
their successors are elected and qualified are as follows:

         Name                        Address

     John W. Hail                       P.O. Box 12500
                                        Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73157
     Virgil Coffee                      P.O. Box 12500
                                        Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73157

     EIGHTH:  Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its shareholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Oklahoma, on the application in a summary way
of this Corporation or of any creditor or shareholder thereof, or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under
the provisions of Section 1106 of Title 18 of the Oklahoma Statutes or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of 
Section 1100 of Title 18 of the Oklahoma Statutes order a meeting of the 
creditors or class or creditors, and/or of the shareholders or class of 
shareholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such 
manner as the court directs.  If a majority in number representing 
three-fourths (3/4) in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or 
of the shareholders or class of shareholders of this Corporation, as the case 
may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and the reorganization shall, 
if sanctioned by the court to which the application has been made, be binding 
on all the creditors or class of creditors and/or on all the shareholders or 
class of shareholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on 
this Corporation.

     NINTH:  To the extent permitted by law, no contract or transaction between
the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the
Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have, a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for
this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the board or committee thereof which authorizes
the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted
for such purposes, if:

     (a)  the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the
contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or
the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee authorizes the contract
or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested
directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

     (b)  the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the
contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled
to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by
vote of the shareholders; or

     (c)  the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the
time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a
committee thereof, or the shareholders.

     Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence
of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which
authorizes the contract or transaction.

     TENTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision
contained herein, add any additional provisions hereto, increase or decrease the
number of authorized shares of stock, or restate this Certificate of
Incorporation in its entirety in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the
Act.

     ELEVENTH:  Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in
this Certificate of Incorporation or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, any
matter properly submitted to a vote of the shareholders at a meeting of
shareholders duly convened at which there is a quorum present shall be deemed
approved upon an affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock present at the meeting, in person or by proxy.  No holders of any
class of stock other than Common Stock shall be entitled to vote upon any
matter, except as may be required by law, this Certificate of Incorporation, or
the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Written ballots shall not be required for the
election of directors.

     TWELFTH:  In addition to any other indemnification granted to directors of
the Corporation contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of
the Corporation, or adopted by resolution of the shareholders or directors of
the Corporation, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to
the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, provided, however, that this indemnification shall not
eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of law, or payment of any unlawful dividend or for any unlawful stock purchase
or redemption, or for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.

                               ------------------------

     Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. and each of the undersigned hereby
further certify that the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of such
corporation, pursuant to a certain Record and Memorandum of Action, dated June
30, 1995, duly adopted resolutions setting forth the foregoing Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of such 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable, and 
all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of such corporation was voted 
in favor of said amendment and restatement, and such Amended and Restated 
Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 1077 
of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its president and attested by its
secretary this 30th day of June, 1995.

                              ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.


                              By: /S/JOHN W. HAIL
                                  -------------------------------------
                                  John W. Hail, Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:


/S/JAMES R. DUNCAN
- ----------------------------
James R. Duncan, Secretary

[SEAL]

                                      -4-

<PAGE>
                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                                        BYLAWS

                                          OF

                          ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                       OFFICES

Section 1.          PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  The principal office of the Corporation
                    shall be located within or without the state of
                    incorporation and as may be determined by the Board of
                    Directors.

Section 2.          REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the Corporation
                    required by law to be maintained in the state of
                    incorporation may be, but need not be, identical with the
                    principal office of the Corporation.  The address of the
                    registered office may be changed from time to time by the
                    Board of Directors.

Section 3.          OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may have offices at such
                    other places, either within or without the state of
                    incorporation as the Board of Directors may designate or as
                    the business of the Corporation may require from time to
                    time.

                                      ARTICLE II

                               MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.          ANNUAL MEETING.  The annual meeting of the shareholders
                    shall be held on a date designated by the Board of
                    Directors, which shall be within nine (9) months next
                    following the end of the fiscal year of the Corporation, for
                    the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of
                    such other business as may come before the meeting.  If the
                    day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday,
                    such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business
                    day.

Section 2.          SUBSTITUTE ANNUAL MEETING.  If the annual meeting shall not
                    be held on the day designated for the annual meeting of
                    shareholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the directors
                    shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as
                    convenient.  If there be a failure to hold the annual
                    meeting of shareholders for a period of thirty (30) days
                    after the date designated therefor, or if no date has been
                    designated for a period of thirteen (13) months after the
                    organization of the Corporation or after its last annual
                    meeting, the district court may summarily order a meeting to
                    be held upon the application of any shareholder or director.
                    The shares of stock represented at such meeting either by
                    person or by proxy, and entitled to vote thereat, shall
                    constitute a quorum for the purpose of such meeting.

Section 3.          SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the shareholders may
                    be called by the President, and shall be called by the
                    President or Secretary at the request in writing of a
                    majority of the Board of Directors or, at the written
                    request of the holders owning of record ten percent (10%) or
                    more of all shares entitled to vote at the meeting.  Such
                    request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed
                    meeting.

Section 4.          PLACE OF MEETINGS.  The Board of Directors may designate any
                    place, either within or without the state of incorporation,
                    as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any
                    special meeting called by the Board of Directors.  A waiver
                    of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at a
                    meeting may designate any place, either within or without
                    the state of incorporation as the place for the holding of
                    such meeting.  If no designation is made or if a special
                    meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be
                    the principal office of the Corporation.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

Section 5.          NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Written or printed notice stating the
                    time and place of the meeting and, in case of a special
                    meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
                    called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more
                    than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either
                    personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the
                    President, the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling
                    the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote
                    at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to
                    be delivered when deposited in the United States mail
                    addressed to the shareholder of the Corporation at the
                    shareholder's address as it appears on the records of the
                    Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.  In addition to
                    the foregoing, notice of a substitute annual meeting shall
                    state that the annual meeting was not held on the day
                    designated by these Bylaws and that such substitute annual
                    meeting is being held in lieu of and is designated as such
                    annual meeting.

                    When a meeting is adjourned for thirty (30) days or more, 
                    notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the 
                    case of an original meeting. When a meeting is adjourned 
                    for less than thirty (30) days in any one adjournment, 
                    no notice need be given of the time and place of the 
                    adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted 
                    thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at 
                    which the adjournment is taken.

Section 6.          CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE.  For the
                    purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or
                    to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment
                    thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any
                    dividend, or in order to make a determination of
                    shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of
                    Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be
                    closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case,
                    sixty (60) days.  If the stock transfer books shall be
                    closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled
                    to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such
                    books shall be closed at least ten (10) days immediately
                    preceding such meeting.

                    In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of 
                    Directors may fix a date as the record date for any such 
                    determination of shareholders, such date in any case to 
                    be not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date on 
                    which the particular action requiring such determination 
                    of shareholders is to be taken.

                    If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record 
                    date is fixed for the determination of shareholders 
                    entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of 
                    shareholders, the date on which notice of the meeting is 
                    mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board 
                    of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the 
                    case may be, shall be the record date for such 
                    determination of shareholders.

                    When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at 
                    any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in 
                    this section, such determination shall apply to any 
                    adjournment thereof except where the determination has 
                    been made through the closing of the stock transfer books 
                    and the stated period of closing has expired.

Section 7.          VOTING LISTS.  The Secretary shall make, at least ten (10)
                    days prior to the convening of any shareholders' meeting, a
                    list of all persons entitled to represent shares at such
                    meeting, arranging the names alphabetically, with the number
                    of shares entitled to be voted by each set opposite their
                    respective names.  Such list shall be open to the
                    examination of any shareholder during ordinary business
                    hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the
                    meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting
                    is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice
                    of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where
                    the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced
                    and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the
                    whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder
                    who is present.

Section 8.          QUORUM.  A majority of the outstanding shares of the
                    Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by
                    proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of
                    shareholders.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                    The shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is 
                    present may continue to do business until adjournment, 
                    notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to 
                    leave less than a quorum.

                    In the absence of a quorum at the opening of any meeting 
                    of shareholders, such meeting may be adjourned from time 
                    to time by a vote of the majority of the shares voting on 
                    the motion to adjourn; and, at any adjourned meeting at 
                    which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted 
                    which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 9.          PROXIES.  Shares may be voted either in person or by one or
                    more agents authorized by a written proxy executed by the
                    shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.  The
                    appointment of a proxy shall be filed in writing with the
                    Secretary at, or before, the meeting.  Any copy, facsimile
                    telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the
                    writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section may
                    be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or
                    transmission for any and all purposes for which the original
                    writing or transmission could be used, provided that such
                    copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction
                    shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original
                    writing or transmission.

                    A proxy is not valid after the expiration of five years 
                    from the date of its execution, unless the person 
                    executing it specifies thereon the length of time for 
                    which it is to continue in force, or limits its use to a 
                    particular meeting.  The termination of a proxy's 
                    authority by act of the shareholder shall, subject to the 
                    time limitation set forth herein, be ineffective until 
                    written notice of the termination has been given to the 
                    Secretary.  A proxy's authority shall not be revoked by 
                    the death or incapacity of the maker unless, before the 
                    vote is cast or the authority is exercised, written 
                    notice of such death or incapacity is given to the 
                    Corporation.

Section 10.         VOTING OF SHARES.  Each outstanding share of capital stock
                    entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote on each
                    matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders,
                    subject to the voting rights and privileges, lack thereof,
                    or limitations thereon, of the class or series of capital
                    stock.

                    At each election for directors, every shareholder 
                    entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to 
                    vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares 
                    standing of record in his name for each person nominated 
                    as a director to be elected and for whose election he has 
                    a right to vote.

                    Treasury shares, or other shares not at the time 
                    outstanding, shall not, directly or indirectly, be voted 
                    at any shareholders' meeting or counted in calculating 
                    the actual voting power of shareholders at any given 
                    time, but shares of Corporation stock held by the 
                    Corporation in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and 
                    shall be counted in determining the total number of 
                    outstanding shares and the actual voting power of the 
                    shareholders at any given time.

                    Every stock vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be 
                    taken by written ballots, each of which shall state the 
                    name of the shareholder or proxy voting and such other 
                    information as may be required under the procedure 
                    established for the meeting.  The Corporation may, and to 
                    the extent permitted by law, shall, in advance of any 
                    meeting of shareholders, appoint one or more inspectors 
                    to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  
                    The Corporation may designate one or more persons as 
                    alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails 
                    to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a 
                    meeting of shareholders, the person presiding at the 
                    meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, 
                    appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  
                    Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his 
                    duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute 
                    the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and 
                    according to the best of his ability.  Every vote taken 
                    by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors 
                    appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

Section 11.         VOTES REQUIRED.  The vote of a majority of the shares voted
                    at a meeting of shareholders, duly held at which a quorum is
                    present, shall be sufficient to take or authorize action
                    upon any matter which may properly come before the meeting
                    except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws.

Section 12.         INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS.   Except as otherwise
                    provided by law, any action which may be taken at a meeting
                    of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a
                    consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall
                    be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not
                    less than the minimum number of votes that would be
                    necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at
                    which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and
                    voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery
                    to its registered office in Oklahoma, it principal place of
                    business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having
                    custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of
                    shareholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the
                    Corporation's registered office shall be made by hand or by
                    certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

                    Each written consent shall bear the date of signature of 
                    each shareholder who signs the consent and no written 
                    consent shall be effective to take the corporate action 
                    referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the 
                    date of the earliest dated consent delivered to the 
                    Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a 
                    sufficient number of holder to take action are delivered 
                    to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first 
                    paragraph of this Section.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.          GENERAL POWERS.  The business and affairs of the Corporation
                    shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

Section 2.          NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The number of directors
                    constituting the Board of Directors shall consist of not
                    less than  one nor more than fifteen (15), the number of
                    directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of
                    Directors.  

                    The directors shall be divided into three classes, 
                    designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class 
                    shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the 
                    total number of directors constituting the entire Board 
                    of Directors.  The term of the initial Class I directors 
                    shall terminate on the date of the 1996 annual meeting of 
                    shareholders; the term of the initial Class II directors 
                    shall terminate on the date of the 1997 annual meeting of 
                    shareholders; and the term of the initial Class III 
                    directors shall terminate on the date of the 1998 annual 
                    meeting of shareholders.  At each annual meeting of 
                    shareholders beginning in 1996, successors to the class 
                    of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting 
                    shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of 
                    directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be 
                    apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the 
                    number of directors in each class as nearly equal as 
                    possible.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of 
                    any one or more classes or series of preferred stock 
                    issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting 
                    separately by class or series, to elect directors at an 
                    annual or special meeting of shareholders, the election, 
                    term of office, filling of vacancies and other features 
                    of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of 
                    the certificate of designation establishing such 
                    preferred stock, and such directors so elected shall not 
                    be divided into classes pursuant to this Section unless 
                    expressly provided by such terms.

                    The directors shall be elected at the annual or adjourned 
                    annual meeting of the shareholders (except as herein 
                    otherwise provided for the filling of vacancies) and each 
                    director shall hold 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                    office until his death, resignation, retirement, removal, 
                    disqualification, or his successor shall have been 
                    elected and qualified.

                    Directors need not be residents of the state of 
                    incorporation nor  shareholders of the Corporation.

Section 3.          VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors
                    including any vacancy created by an increase in the
                    authorized number of directors elected by all of the
                    shareholders having the right to vote as a single class may
                    be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
                    remaining directors even though less than a quorum or by the
                    sole remaining director.

                    Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected 
                    for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.  At 
                    a special meeting of shareholders, the shareholders may 
                    elect a director to fill any vacancy not filled by the 
                    directors.

Section 4.          REMOVAL.  The entire Board of Directors, or any individual
                    director, may be removed at any time, with or without cause,
                    by a vote of the shareholders holding a majority of the
                    outstanding shares entitled to vote at an annual or special
                    meeting of shareholders.  However, unless the entire Board
                    is removed, an individual director shall not be removed when
                    the number of shares voting against the proposal for removal
                    would be sufficient to elect a director.

Section 5.          CHAIRMAN OF BOARD.  There may be a Chairman of the Board of
                    Directors elected by the directors from their number at the
                    annual meeting of the Board of Directors.  The Chairman
                    shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and
                    perform such other duties as may be directed by the Board.


                                      ARTICLE IV

                                MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.          REGULAR MEETINGS.  A regular meeting of the Board of
                    Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw
                    immediately after, and at the same place, as the annual
                    meeting of shareholders.  The Board of Directors may
                    provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or
                    without the state of incorporation, for the holding of
                    additional regular meetings without other notice than such
                    resolution.

Section 2.          SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of
                    Directors may be called by the President or by a majority of
                    the directors.  The person or persons authorized to call
                    special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any
                    place, either within or without the state of incorporation,
                    as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of
                    Directors called by them.

Section 3.          NOTICE.  Notice of special meetings of the Board of
                    Directors shall be given to each director not less than
                    three (3) days before the date of the meeting by any usual
                    means of communication.  All business to be transacted at,
                    and all purposes of, any regular or special meeting of the
                    Board of Directors must be specified in the notice or waiver
                    of notice of such meeting.

Section 4.          WAIVER BY ATTENDANCE.  Attendance of a director at a meeting
                    of the Board of Directors shall constitute a waiver of
                    notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a
                    meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
                    transaction of any business because the meeting is not
                    lawfully called or convened.

Section 5.          QUORUM.  A majority of the number of directors fixed by or
                    in accordance with these Bylaws, excluding any vacancies,
                    shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

Section 6.          MANNER OF ACTING.  Except as otherwise provided in these
                    Bylaws, the act of the majority of the directors present at
                    a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
                    the Board of Directors.  The Chairman of the Board of
                    Directors, if one has been elected, shall preside at all
                    meetings of the Board and committees of which he is a
                    member.  The chairman shall have such powers and perform
                    such duties as may be authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.          PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.  A director of the Corporation who is
                    present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which
                    action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to
                    have assented to the action taken unless his contrary vote
                    or abstention is recorded or his dissent is otherwise
                    entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall
                    file his written dissent of such action with the person
                    acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the
                    adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by
                    registered mail to the Secretary promptly after the
                    adjournment of the meeting.  An abstention shall be deemed a
                    negative vote.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a
                    director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 8.          INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS.  Any action which might be
                    taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken
                    without a meeting if a record or memorandum thereof be made
                    in writing and signed by all of the members of the Board.
                    Such writing or memorandum shall be filed with the Secretary
                    as part of the corporate records.

Section 9.          PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.  Members
                    of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may
                    participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means
                    of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
                    by means of which persons participating in the meeting can
                    hear each other and such participation shall constitute
                    presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10.         COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Directors, a such, may receive,
                    pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees
                    and other compensation for services as directors, including,
                    without limitation, their services as members of committees
                    of committees of the Board of Directors.


                                      ARTICLE V

                                      COMMITTEES

Section 1.          CREATION.  The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by
                    a majority of directors, may designate one or more
                    committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the
                    directors of the Corporation.  The Board may designate one
                    or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who
                    may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting
                    of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a
                    member of a committee, the member or members thereof present
                    at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or
                    not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint
                    another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
                    meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
                    member.  Any such committee shall have and may exercise all
                    the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the
                    management of the business and affairs of the Corporation,
                    and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed
                    to all papers which may require it; but no such committee
                    shall have the power or authority in reference to amending
                    the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee,
                    to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions
                    providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the
                    Board of Directors may fix the designations and any of the
                    preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends,
                    redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the
                    Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such
                    shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any
                    other series of the same or any other class or classes of
                    stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any
                    series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the
                    shares

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                    of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or
                    consolidation, recommending to the shareholders the sale,
                    lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
                    Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the
                    shareholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a
                    revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the
                    Corporation; and, unless by resolution of the Board of
                    Directors, no such committee shall have the power or
                    authority to declare a dividend, authorize the issuance of
                    stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger.

Section 2.          REMOVAL.  Any member of a committee may be removed at any
                    time with or without cause by a majority of the number of
                    directors fixed by these Bylaws.

Section 3.          MINUTES.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its
                    proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.

Section 4.          RESPONSIBILITY OF DIRECTORS.  The designation of a committee
                    and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to
                    relieve the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, of
                    any responsibility or liability imposed upon it or him by
                    law.


                                      ARTICLE VI

                                       OFFICERS

Section 1.          OFFICERS OF THE CORPORATION.  The officers of the
                    Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer,
                    President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such Vice
                    Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurer, and
                    other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to
                    time elect.  The same person may at the same time hold any
                    of the above named offices.

Section 2.          ELECTION AND TERM.  The officers of the Corporation shall be
                    elected by the Board of Directors and each officer shall
                    hold office until his death, resignation, retirement,
                    removal, disqualification or his successor shall have been
                    elected and qualified.

Section 3.          COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS.  The compensation of all officers
                    of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors
                    and no officer shall serve the Corporation in any other
                    capacity and receive compensation therefor unless such
                    additional compensation be authorized by the Board of
                    Directors.

Section 4.          REMOVAL OF OFFICERS AND AGENTS.  Any officer or agent
                    elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be
                    removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment,
                    the best interests of the Corporation will be served
                    thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the
                    contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 5.          BONDS.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution, require
                    any officer, agent, or employee of the Corporation to give
                    bond to the Corporation, with sufficient sureties,
                    conditioned on the faithful performance of the duties of his
                    respective office or position, and to comply with such other
                    conditions as may from time to time be required by the Board
                    of Directors.

Section 6.          CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The Chief Executive Officer shall
                    be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and,
                    subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall, in
                    general, supervise and control all of the business and
                    affairs of the Corporation.  He shall, when present, preside
                    at all meetings of the shareholders.  He shall sign, with
                    the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, or any other proper
                    officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board
                    of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation,
                    any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments
                    which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed,
                    except in cases where the signing and execution thereof
                    shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by
                    these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the
                    Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise
                    signed or executed; and, in general,

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                    shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief 
                    Executive Officer and such other duties as may be 
                    prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 7.          PRESIDENT.  The President shall be the chief operating
                    officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of
                    the Board of Directors and supervision of the Chief
                    Executive Officer, shall, in general, supervise and control
                    all of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  He
                    shall in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, when
                    present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders.  The
                    President shall sign, with the Secretary, an Assistant
                    Secretary, or any other proper officer of the Corporation
                    thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates
                    for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds,
                    contracts, or other instruments which the Board of Directors
                    has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the
                    signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated
                    by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other
                    officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by
                    law to be otherwise signed or executed; and, in general,
                    shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief
                    operating officer and such other duties as may be prescribed
                    by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 8.          VICE PRESIDENTS.  In the absence of the Chief Executive
                    Officer and the President or in the event of their deaths,
                    inabilities or refusals to act, the Vice Presidents in the
                    order of their length of service as Vice Presidents, unless
                    otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, shall
                    perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and the
                    President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of
                    and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief
                    Executive Officer and President.  A Vice President may sign
                    certificates for shares of the Corporation.  Vice Presidents
                    shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be
                    assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer, President,
                    or Board of Directors.

Section 9.          SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the
                    meetings of shareholders, of the Board of Directors and of
                    all executive committees in one or more books provided for
                    that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in
                    accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as
                    required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records
                    and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal of
                    the Corporation is affixed to all documents the execution of
                    which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly
                    authorized; (d) keep a register of the post office address
                    of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the
                    Secretary by such shareholder; (e) sign with the Chief
                    Executive Officer and/or President, certificates for shares
                    of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been
                    authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors; (f) have
                    general charge of the stock transfer books of the
                    Corporation; and (g) in general, perform all duties as from
                    time to time may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive
                    Officer, President or by the Board of Directors.

                    The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept in the 
                    state of incorporation at the Corporation's registered 
                    office and principal place of business, a record of the 
                    Corporation's shareholders, giving the names and 
                    addresses of all shareholders and the number and class of 
                    the shares held by each.

Section 10.         ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.  In the absence of the Secretary or
                    in the event of the Secretary's death, inability or refusal
                    to act, the Assistant Secretaries in the order of their
                    length of service as Assistant Secretary, unless otherwise
                    determined by the Board of Directors, shall perform the
                    duties of the Secretary, and when so acting shall have all
                    the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
                    the Secretary.  They shall perform such other duties as may
                    be assigned to them by the Secretary, by the Chief Executive
                    Officer, President, or the Board of Directors.

                    Any Assistant Secretary may sign, with the Chief Executive
                    Officer or President, certificates for shares of the 
                    Corporation.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

Section 11.         TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall: (a) have charge and custody
                    of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the
                    Corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and
                    payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and
                    deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in
                    such depositories as shall be selected in accordance with
                    the provisions of Article VII, Section 4 of these Bylaws;
                    and (b) in general, perform all of the duties as from time
                    to time may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive
                    Officer, President or the Board of Directors.

                    The Treasurer shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, a 
                    true statement of the Corporation's assets and 
                    liabilities as of the close of each fiscal year, all in 
                    reasonable detail, which statement shall be made and 
                    filed at the Corporation's registered office or principal 
                    place of business in the state of incorporation within 
                    four months after the end of such fiscal year and thereat 
                    kept available for a period of at least ten years.  Such 
                    statement shall include, when applicable, a statement of 
                    the then current conversion rate of any outstanding 
                    securities and a statement of the number of shares 
                    covered by any outstanding options and the price at which 
                    the options are exercisable.

Section 12.         ASSISTANT TREASURER.  In the absence of the Treasurer or in
                    the event of the Treasurer's death, inability or refusal to
                    act, the Assistant Treasurer, unless otherwise determined by
                    the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties of the
                    Treasurer and when so acting shall have all the powers of
                    and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. 
                    He shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him
                    by the Treasurer, the Chief Executive Officer, President, or
                    by the Board of Directors.

Section 13.         DIVISIONAL OFFICERS.  The Board of Directors may from time
                    to time appoint officers of various divisions of the
                    Corporation.  Divisional officers shall not by virtue of
                    such appointment become officers of the Corporation. 
                    Subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer or
                    President of the Corporation, the president of a division
                    shall have general charge, control and supervision of all
                    the business operations of such division, and the other
                    divisional officers shall have such duties and authority as
                    may be prescribed by the president of such division. 

                                     ARTICLE VII

                        CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1.          CONTRACTS.  The Board of Directors may authorize any officer
                    or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or
                    execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on
                    behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general
                    or confined to specific instances.

Section 2.          LOANS.  No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the
                    Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued
                    in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board
                    of Directors.  Such authority may be general or confined to
                    specific instances.

Section 3.          CHECKS AND DRAFTS.  All checks, drafts or other orders for
                    the payment of money, issued in the name of the Corporation,
                    shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents
                    of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to
                    time be determined.

Section 4.          DEPOSITS.  All funds of the Corporation not otherwise
                    employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit
                    of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board of
                    Directors may select.

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                      CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

Section 1.          CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.  Certificates representing shares
                    of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be
                    determined by the Board of Directors.  The Corporation shall
                    issue and deliver to each shareholder certificates
                    representing all fully paid shares owned by him.
                    Certificates shall be signed by the Chairman or Vice
                    Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
                    Officer, the President or Vice President and by the
                    Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  All certificates for
                    shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise
                    identified.  The name and address of the person to whom the
                    shares represented thereby are issued, with the number and
                    class of shares and the date of issue, shall be entered on
                    the stock transfer books of the Corporation.

Section 2.          TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Subject to the transfer restrictions
                    permitted by Section 1055 of the Oklahoma General Business
                    Corporation Act and to stop transfer orders directed in good
                    faith by the Corporation to any transfer agent to prevent
                    possible violations of federal or state securities laws,
                    rules or regulations, transfer of shares of the Corporation
                    shall be made on the stock transfer books of the Corporation
                    only if:  (a) the share certificate is endorsed by the
                    appropriate person or persons; (b) reasonable assurance is
                    given that those endorsements are genuine and effective; (c)
                    the Corporation has no duty to inquire into adverse claims
                    in connection with the shares or has discharged any such
                    duty; (d) any applicable law relating to the collection of
                    taxes has been complied with; and (e) the transfer is in
                    fact rightful or to a bona fide purchaser.

Section 3.          LOST CERTIFICATES.  The Board of Directors may direct a new
                    certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any
                    certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
                    Corporation alleged to have been lost or stolen or
                    destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by
                    the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost,
                    stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new
                    certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in
                    its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance
                    thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed
                    certificate or certificates, or such owner's legal
                    representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the
                    Corporation shall require and/or to give the Corporation a
                    bond in such sum as the Corporation may direct as indemnity
                    against any claim that may be made against the Corporation
                    with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost,
                    stolen or destroyed.

Section 4.          HOLDER OF RECORD.  Prior to due presentment for transfer of
                    the shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner
                    as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive
                    notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and
                    powers of an owner.

Section 5.          TREASURY SHARES.  Treasury shares of the Corporation shall
                    consist of such shares as have been issued and thereafter
                    acquired but not canceled by the Corporation.  Treasury
                    shares shall not carry voting or dividend rights.

                                      ARTICLE IX

             INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

Section 1.          RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.

                         (a)  To the fullest extent and in the manner 
                    permitted by the laws of the State of Oklahoma, the 
                    Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a 
                    party or is threatened to be made a party to any 
                    threatened, pending or completed action, suit or 
                    proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or 
                    investigative (other than an action by or in the right of 
                    the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was 
                    a director, officer, employee or agent of the 
                    Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the 
                    Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of 
                    another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or 
                    other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' 
                    fees), judgments, fines, excise taxes and amounts paid in 
                    settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in 
                    connection with such

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                    action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and 
                    in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not 
                    opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, 
                    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no 
                    reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful 
                    ("Indemnitee").  The termination of any action, suit or 
                    proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or 
                    upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent shall 
                    not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee 
                    did not act in good faith and in a manner which he 
                    reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best 
                    interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any 
                    criminal action or proceeding, had reasonably cause to 
                    believe that his conduct was unlawful.

                         (b)  The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee 
                    who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party 
                    to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by 
                    or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment 
                    in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a 
                    director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, 
                    or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as 
                    a director, officer, employee or agent of another 
                    corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other 
                    enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) 
                    actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection 
                    with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if 
                    he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably 
                    believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of 
                    the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall 
                    be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to 
                    which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be 
                    liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent 
                    that the court in which such action or suit was brought 
                    shall determine upon application that, despite the 
                    adjudication of liability but in view of all the 
                    circumstances of the case, such Indemnitee is fairly and 
                    reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which 
                    the court shall deem proper.

                         (c)  To the extent that an Indemnitee has been 
                    successful on the  merits or otherwise in defense of any 
                    action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsection (a) 
                    or (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue 
                    or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against 
                    expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and 
                    reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

                         (d)  Any indemnification under the provisions of 
                    subsection (a) or (b) of this section (unless ordered by 
                    a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as 
                    authorized in the specific case upon a determination that 
                    indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the 
                    circumstances because he has met the applicable standard 
                    of conduct set forth in subsection (a) or (b) of this 
                    section.  Such determination shall be made (i) by the 
                    Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum 
                    consisting of directors who were not parties to such 
                    action, suit or proceedings, (ii) if such a quorum is not 
                    obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of 
                    disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal 
                    counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the 
                    shareholders.

                         (e)  For purposes of this Article, references to 
                    "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the 
                    resulting corporation, any constituent corporation, 
                    including any constituent of a constituent, absorbed in a 
                    consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence 
                    had continued, would have had power and authority to 
                    indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or 
                    agents, so that any person who is or was a director, 
                    officer, employee or agent of such constituent 
                    corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such 
                    constituent corporation, as a director, officer, employee 
                    or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint 
                    venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the 
                    same position under the provisions of this Article with 
                    respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he 
                    would have with respect to such constituent corporation 
                    of its separate existence had continued.

                         (f)  For purposes of this Article, references to (i) 
                    "other enterprises" shall include, without limitation, an 
                    "employee benefit plan" within the meaning of the 
                    Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") 
                    or otherwise, (ii) "fines" shall include

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                    any excise taxes or penalties assessed on a person with 
                    respect to an employee benefit plan under ERISA or 
                    otherwise, and (iii) "serving at the request of the 
                    corporation" shall include any service as a director, 
                    officer, employee or agent of the corporation which 
                    imposes duties on, or involves services, by such 
                    director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an 
                    employee benefit plan, its participants, or 
                    beneficiaries.  Furthermore, for purposes of this 
                    Article, a person who acted in good faith and in a manner 
                    he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the 
                    participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit 
                    plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not 
                    opposed to the best interest of the corporation" as 
                    referred to in this Article.

                         (g)  The indemnification and advancement of expenses 
                    provided by or granted pursuant to this Article, unless 
                    otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, shall 
                    continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a 
                    director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to 
                    the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of 
                    such Indemnitee.

Section 2.          RIGHT TO ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred by an
                    officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action,
                    suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance
                    of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding
                    upon receipt of an undertaking (hereinafter an
                    "undertaking") by or on behalf of such director or officer
                    to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by
                    final judicial decision from which there is not further
                    right of appeal (hereinafter a "final adjudication") that he
                    is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as
                    authorized by the provisions of this Article.  Such expenses
                    incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon
                    such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors
                    deems appropriate.

Section 3.          NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  The indemnification and
                    advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to
                    this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
                    rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or
                    advancement of expenses may be entitled under any Bylaw,
                    agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors
                    or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and
                    as to action in another capacity while holding such office
                    or serving as a director.

Section 4.          INSURANCE.  The Corporation shall have power to purchase and
                    maintain insurance on behalf of who is or was a director,
                    officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was
                    serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,
                    officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
                    partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
                    against any liability asserted against him and incurred by
                    him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as
                    such, whither or not the Corporation would have the power to
                    indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of
                    this Article.

Section 5.          RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT.  In the event a claim
                    under this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation
                    within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been
                    received by the Corporation, the Indemnitee may at any time
                    thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the
                    unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in
                    part in any such suit, the Indemnitee, in addition to
                    indemnification pursuant to this the other provisions of
                    this Article, shall be entitled to be paid the expenses of
                    prosecuting such suit against the Corporation, including
                    reasonable attorneys' fees and costs.  The Corporation shall
                    be entitled to assert as a defense that the Indemnitee has
                    not met any applicable standard for indemnification set
                    forth in the Oklahoma General Corporation Act and the
                    Corporation shall be entitled to recover any advancement of
                    expenses upon a final adjudication in (i) any suit brought
                    by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification
                    under the Article (but not in a suit brought by the
                    Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of
                    expenses), and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation
                    to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms
                    of an undertaking by the Indemnitee.  Neither the failure of
                    the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,
                    independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

                    made a determination prior to the commencement of such 
                    suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in 
                    the circumstance because the Indemnitee has met the 
                    applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Oklahoma 
                    General Corporation Act, nor an actual determination by 
                    the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, 
                    independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the 
                    Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of 
                    conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee 
                    has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the 
                    case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a 
                    defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the 
                    Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses 
                    pursuant to the terms of an undertaking by the 
                    Indemnitee, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is 
                    not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of 
                    expenses, under this Article or otherwise shall be on the 
                    Corporation.

                                      ARTICLE X

                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1.          DIVIDENDS.  The Board of Directors may from time to time
                    declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its
                    outstanding shares in cash, property, or its own shares
                    pursuant to law and subject to the provisions of its
                    charter.  Provided, however, and notwithstanding anything
                    contained herein to the contrary, the Board of Directors
                    shall, on an annually accrued basis, declare and pay, to the
                    Shareholders of this Corporation of record at the close of
                    business on December 31 of each year (the "Record Date"), a
                    cash dividend equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Net Profit
                    of this Corporation, and the payment date of such cash
                    dividend shall be on or before the 15th day of February
                    following the Record Date.  Net Profit shall mean, with
                    respect to each fiscal year of this Corporation, the gross
                    revenues of this Corporation, less the cost of goods sold
                    and less the overhead and expenses of this Corporation but
                    before and without provision for payment of income taxes. 
                    Any other cash dividends which may be declared and paid by
                    this Corporation in excess of the minimum annual dividend
                    set forth herein, shall be at the sole discretion of the
                    Board of Directors of this Corporation.  [Amended June 16,
                    1993.]    

Section 2.          WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is required to be
                    given to any shareholder or director by law, by the charter
                    or by these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by
                    the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether
                    before or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent
                    to the giving of such notice.

Section 3.          FISCAL YEAR.  Unless otherwise fixed by the Board of
                    Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the
                    fiscal year beginning on the first day of January of each
                    year and ending on the following thirty-first day of
                    December.

Section 4.          AMENDMENTS.  These Bylaws may be altered, amended or
                    repealed or new bylaws may be adopted at any regular or
                    special meeting of the shareholders or of the Board of
                    Directors in accordance with the Corporation's Certificate
                    of Incorporation and the Oklahoma General Corporation Act.

Section 5.          CHARTER PROVISIONS.  In case of conflict between a provision
                    in these Bylaws and a provision in the Certificate of
                    Incorporation of the Corporation, the charter provision
                    shall govern.

          Signed this 16th day of July, 1997.


                                       /S/ROGER P. BARESEL                      
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                              Roger P. Baresel, Secretary

                                      -13-

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 4.1

                       ADVANTAGE MARKETING SYSTEMS, INC.
                     1998 DISTRIBUTOR STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

     Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation ("AMS" or the 
"Company") hereby establishes the Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1998 
Distributor Stock Purchase Plan (this "Plan") based upon the terms and 
conditions set forth herein.

     1.     NATURE AND PURPOSE OF THIS PLAN.  The purpose of this Plan is to 
provide an additional incentive to participating Eligible Persons (as 
hereinafter defined) by enabling them to acquire a stock ownership interest 
in the Company, to assist the Company in attracting and retaining persons of 
ability and commitment as independent distributors of the products and 
services offered by the Company, and to entice and encourage such persons to 
further employ their best efforts in the marketing and distribution of the 
Company's offered products and services. 
 
     2.     DEFINITIONS.  Where the following capitalized terms appear in 
this Plan, such terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below, 
unless their context clearly indicates to the contrary:

     (A)  "Affiliated Person" shall mean any person that exercises any direct 
or indirect influence on, or control over (i) the amounts of Common Stock to 
be purchased by this Plan, (ii) the timing of or the manner in which the 
Common Stock is to be purchased by this Plan, and (iii) the selection of the 
Custodian or the Broker-Dealer through which such purchases are or may be 
made by this Plan.

     (B)  "Annual Service Fee" shall mean an administrative service fee of 
$5.00 payable to the Company upon acceptance by the Company of a 
Participant's Stock Purchase Agreement and thereafter annually on the 31st 
day of January of each year from the Participant Contribution Account of each 
Participant 

     (C)  "Beneficiary" shall mean any person or entity designated or deemed 
designated by a Participant as provided in Section 4.5.1

     (D) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (E) "Broker-Dealer" shall mean a member firm of the National Association 
of Securities Dealers, Inc. that effects purchases of Common Stock on behalf 
of the Plan.

     (F)  "Common Stock" shall mean the Company's Common Stock, $.0001 par 
value per share, acquired by the Plan in a transaction not directly or 
indirectly for the benefit of the Company.

     (G) "Contributions" shall mean the amounts contributed to this Plan by 
the Participants pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.

     (H)  "Custodian" shall mean a Broker-Dealer, national or state banking 
association or trust company and any successor thereof appointed by the Board 
to make purchases of Common Stock for and on behalf of the Participants and, 
if authorized and directed by the Board,  to hold the Common Stock purchased 
for and on behalf of the Participants in accordance with the Plan.

     (I) "Distributor Application" shall mean the official, approved AMS 
Distributor Application form in effect and use by the Company from time to 
time in the jurisdiction in which an Eligible Person resides.

     (J)  "Eligible Persons" shall mean those persons, including individuals 
(including without limitation employees of the Company and any of its 
subsidiaries), partnerships, corporations or other legal entities, that have 
completed Distributor Applications which have been received and accepted by 
the Company and which continues in full force and effect.

     (K)  "Executive Officer" shall mean the Company's chief executive 
officer, president, any vice president of the Company in charge of a 
principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration, 
or finance), and any other officer who performs a policy making function or 
any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the 
Company.  

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

     (L)  "Net Contributions" shall mean the Contributions to this Plan by 
the Participants, less the Annual Service Fees and the Transaction Fees.

     (M) "Participant" shall mean each Eligible Person that has completed a 
Stock Purchase Agreement which has been received and accepted by the Company 
and who is participating in the Plan.

     (N)  "Participant Account" shall mean the account maintained for a 
Participant in which such Participant's Contributions and stock purchases are 
recorded.

     (O)  "Plan" shall mean the Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1997 Stock 
Purchase Plan, as the same may from time to time be amended.

     (P)  "Plan Administrator" shall mean either the Board or any committee 
appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and comprised of two or more 
members of the Board.

     (Q)  "Stock Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Advantage Marketing 
Systems, Inc. Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which an Eligible Person 
elects to participate in the Plan.

     (R)  "Trading Days" shall mean those days on which securities are traded 
on the New York Stock Exchange.

     (S) "Transaction Fee" shall mean the fee of $1.25 payable monthly by a 
Participant to the Company from such Participant's Contribution to the Plan 
during the applicable month. 

     (T)  "Transfer Agent" shall mean the Company's transfer agent and 
registrar of the Common Stock and, if applicable, the Company's other 
securities.

     3.  ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.  Participation in the Plan will be 
subject to the following conditions:

          3.1  ELIGIBILITY.  Each Eligible Person may participate in the 
     Plan; provided, however, that Contributions to the Plan may only be made 
     by a Participant if the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock 
     Purchase Agreement are complied with as provided below.

          3.2  ELECTION TO PARTICIPATE.  Participation in the Plan is 
     entirely voluntary.  Each Eligible Person electing to participate in the 
     Plan must evidence that election (and any changes thereof, including 
     without limitation any election to cancel participation in the Plan as 
     provided in Section 6, below) by completion and execution of a Stock 
     Purchase Agreement in such form as shall be provided by the Company and 
     in accordance with such administrative rules and procedures as may be 
     established by the Plan Administrator.

          3.3  EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION.  Participation in the Plan by 
     an Eligible Person shall be effective upon receipt and approval by the 
     Company of the Eligible Person's completed and executed Stock Purchase 
     Agreement.

          3.4  NOTIFICATION OF PARTICIPATION RIGHT.  The Company shall notify 
     the Eligible Persons of the establishment of this Plan, the salient 
     provisions hereof, and the eligibility of the Eligible Persons to 
     participate in this Plan.

     4.     CONTRIBUTIONS TO PLAN; ACCOUNTS.  Contributions to the Plan will be
made solely by the Participants.  The Company does not have obligation and will
not make any contributions to this Plan.  All Contributions will be subject to
the following:

          4.1  MINIMUM MANDATORY CONTRIBUTIONS.  Each Participant shall be 
     required to make a minimum monthly Contribution to this Plan of US$25 by 
     drafting the checking, savings or other form of account maintained by 
     the participant at a financial institution pursuant to the Stock 
     Purchase Agreement or such other appropriate form or authorization as 
     may be required by the Company and/or the financial institution until 
     such time that the Company receives written notification from the 
     Participant of the revocation or amendment of the Stock Purchase 
     Agreement or such other form of authorization.  Any such revocation or 
     amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the month following 
     the month in which the Company receives such written notification.  

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

          4.2  CONTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE FROM PARTICIPANTS' COMMISSIONS.  A 
     Participant, at the sole election of the Participant and provided the 
     Participant is otherwise entitled to participate in the Plan in all 
     other respects under this Plan, may also elect to have an amount 
     withheld from one or more of such Participant's regular gross Commission 
     Amount (as defined below) in lieu of otherwise receiving such amount of 
     commission compensation.  Such election shall be made by written 
     notification of the Company indicating the amount of such Contribution.  
     The notification shall be effective with respect to the payment of such 
     commission check or checks only if received by the Company not less than 
     five days prior to payment of such commissions.  The "Commission Amount" 
     shall mean the gross amount, before deduction of the Contribution to 
     this Plan pursuant to this Section 4.2, and may, as provided in the 
     Distributor Application and in the Company's Policies and Procedures, 
     be subject to offsets and further reductions, including without limitation
     outstanding and unpaid product purchases and expenses.  No Contribution to
     this Plan payable from a Participant's commission pursuant to this 
     Section 4.2 shall be made during any period that the offsets and other 
     reductions exceed the commission amount payable to the Participant.  
     All Contributions to this Plan pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be only
     in US$1.00 increments.  The election by a Participant to make Contributions
     to this Plan pursuant to this Section 4.2 and the termination of such 
     election must be made in writing and received by the Company, in accordance
     with the rules and procedures as shall be established, including any 
     amendment thereof, by the Company from time to time.

          4.3  OTHER ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant, at the sole 
     election of the Participant and provided the Participant is otherwise 
     entitled to participate in the Plan in all other respects under this 
     Plan, may also make direct Contributions to this Plan for the purchase 
     of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock 
     Purchase Agreement and this Plan.  All Contributions to this Plan 
     pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be only in US$1.00 increments.

          4.4 MAINTENANCE OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS; COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP AND
     PURCHASES.

               4.4.1  MAINTENANCE OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS.  Upon acceptance 
          and approval by the Company, the Company shall establish and 
          maintain a separate Participant Account for each Participant.  Each 
          Participant Account shall be credited or debited as herein 
          provided.  All Contributions by Participants shall not be 
          commingled with funds of the Company and shall be deposited in a 
          single bank account established at the direction of the Custodian 
          in the name of this Plan; however, the Company may commingle such 
          Contributions with the Contributions of all other Participants 
          eligible to participate to purchase Common Stock as provided 
          herein.  Each Participant's Contribution to the Plan shall be 
          credited to the Participant Account of such Participant and shall 
          be debited with all amounts utilized for (i) the purchase of Common 
          Stock by the Plan on behalf of such Participant, (ii) payment of 
          the Annual Service Fee and the costs of issuance of stock 
          certificates upon withdrawal of Common Stock by such Participant 
          held for the benefit of such Participant, and (iii) payment of the 
          Transaction Fee.  

               4.4.2  NOTIFICATION OF AND PURCHASES BY CUSTODIAN.  
          Periodically during each month but not less often than on or before 
          the last Trading Day of each month, the Plan Administrator shall 
          notify the Custodian of the amount of Participant's Contributions 
          available for purchase of Common Stock.  The Custodian shall make 
          all purchases of Common Stock on behalf of the Participants through 
          the Broker-Dealer. The Broker-Dealer shall provide to the Custodian 
          and the Company duplicate (i) confirmations of each Common Stock 
          purchase transaction by this Plan and (ii) monthly or quarterly 
          statements.

               4.4.3  LIMITATION ON USE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  Participant's 
          Contributions to this Plan (other than for payment of the Annual 
          Service Fee, the Transaction Fee, and cost of issuance of 
          certificates of Common Stock to the respective Participants) may 
          only be used for purchases of the Common Stock as provided by this 
          Plan.  Other than the securities of the Company, no securities may 
          be held or acquired by this Plan and then only for and on behalf 
          the Participants.  The relationship between the Broker-Dealer and 
          this Plan with respect to the account and any successor account or 
          program and transactions therein will be governed by a separate 
          written agreement of terms and conditions between the Broker-Dealer 
          and this Plan (an "Account Agreement").  The Account Agreement will 
          be subject 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

          to amendment and modification in accordance with its 
          terms without notice to or consent from the Company, the Plan 
          Administrator or Participants.

               4.4.4  HOLDING OF COMMON STOCK AND OTHER COMPANY SECURITIES.  
          All Common Stock and, applicable, other securities of the Company 
          held by the Broker-Dealer shall be in the name of the Broker-Dealer 
          or its nominee, unless otherwise directed by the Plan 
          Administrator, in which case, however, the Participants may be 
          subject to a fee payable to the Broker-Dealer or the Transfer Agent 
          for any change in the registration of the Common Stock or such 
          other securities in the name other than the Broker-Dealer or its 
          nominee.

               4.4.5  DIVIDENDS AND OTHER COMPANY DISTRIBUTIONS.  All cash 
          dividends paid on Common Stock received in this Plan's account with 
          the Broker-Dealer will be reinvested by the Broker-Dealer in 
          additional shares of Common Stock to the extent possible.  All cash 
          dividends as well as all dividends and distributions on Common 
          Stock, including other securities of the Company, shall be 
          allocated among and credited to the Participants based upon the 
          number of shares of Common Stock held for their benefit under the 
          Plan on the record date of the of the dividend declaration.

               4.4.6  PROXIES, COMPANY REPORTS AND SHAREHOLDER NOTICES.  The 
          Company or the Plan Administrator shall transmit to each 
          Participant all proxy statements, annual reports, meeting notices 
          and other shareholder communications received with respect to 
          Common Stock acquired pursuant to and held under this Plan for and 
          on behalf of the Participants.  Proxies will be voted with respect 
          to full shares of Common Stock held on behalf of a Participant as 
          reflected in the Participant Account in accordance with each 
          Participant's instructions duly delivered to and received by the 
          Company.  If a Participant does not direct the exercise of such 
          voting rights with respect to any particular occasion for the 
          exercise thereof, such voting rights will not be exercised with 
          respect to such occasion.

          4.5  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.  Each individual Participant shall 
     designate his or her Beneficiary on a beneficiary designation form 
     provided by the Plan Administrator and such designation may include 
     primary and contingent Beneficiaries.  The designation may be changed by 
     a Participant at any time by completing and delivering a new beneficiary 
     designation form to the Plan Administrator, which shall only be 
     effective upon receipt by the Plan Administrator of such form.  In the 
     absence of such written designation, the surviving spouse of the 
     Participant shall be deemed to be the designated Beneficiary, if any, 
     and otherwise the estate of such Participant.  In all events, the date 
     of determination of a Participant's Beneficiary shall be the date of 
     death of a Participant.   

     5.     PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK.  All purchases of Common Stock shall 
be subject to the following terms as well as the terms and conditions of this 
Plan, the agreement with the Broker-Dealer and policies and procedures that 
may be adopted and established by the Plan Administrator.

          5.1  PERIODIC PURCHASES.  Purchases of Common Stock, utilizing Net 
     Contributions received by this Plan during each month, will be made by 
     this Plan on behalf of Participants during the last five Trading Days of 
     such month.  The Custodian and Broker-Dealer shall have full discretion 
     as to all matters relating to purchases of Common Stock, including 
     without limitation, determining the number of shares of Common Stock, if 
     any, to be purchased on any day or at any time of that day, the prices 
     paid for such Common Stock, the markets on which such purchases are 
     made, and the persons (including other brokers and dealers) from or 
     through whom such purchases are made.

          5.2  FEES, COMMISSIONS, ETC.  No fees, commissions or other charges 
     in connection with the purchase of Common Stock under the Plan will be 
     paid by or otherwise charged to Participants, other than the Annual 
     Service Fees, the Transaction Fees and those fees and commissions or 
     other charges paid to the Broker-Dealer respecting each purchase of 
     Common Stock, all of which shall be paid from Participants' 
     Contributions.

          5.3  ALLOCATION OF PURCHASES. Common Stock purchased during a month 
     will be allocated to the each Participant Accounts based on the average 
     price paid for all shares of Common Stock purchased during the month and 
     the Participants' Net Contributions to this Plan during such month.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

          5.4  LIMITATIONS OF PURCHASES.  All purchases of Common Stock under 
     this Plan will be limited to open market purchases.  The Company shall 
     not issue any Common Stock in connection with the purchases of Common 
     Stock by this Plan.  Purchases of Common Stock made on behalf of 
     Participants who are not residents of the United States will be made 
     only in compliance with such federal, state or provincial or other 
     governmental rule or regulation applicable to such purchases. 

          5.5  TRADING MARKETS AND BROKER.  Subject to the foregoing, Common 
     Stock purchased by the Broker-Dealer on the open market may be made on 
     any stock exchange in the United States where the Common Stock is 
     traded, in the over-the-counter market, or by negotiated transactions on 
     such terms as the Broker-Dealer may reasonably determine at the time of 
     purchase.  Any Common Stock purchased by the Broker-Dealer from an 
     affiliate of the Company, if permitted hereunder, will be made in 
     accordance with applicable requirements.  Participants will not have any 
     authority or power to direct the time or the price at which Common Stock 
     will be purchased, or the selection of the Broker-Dealer or the broker 
     or dealer from whom purchases are made.

          5.6  CERTAIN PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES.  Each Executive Officer,  
     director and Affiliated Person of the Company shall not bid for, 
     purchase, attempt to bid for or purchase, or offer or sell any shares of 
     Common Stock during the five Trading Days immediately  preceding and 
     immediately following the date on which this Plan purchases any shares 
     of Common Stock, unless the offer or sale of Common Stock is made 
     pursuant to a registration statement effective under the Securities Act 
     of 1933, as amended, and pursuant to registration or exemption from 
     registration  under any applicable state securities laws in which the 
     Executive Officer, director and/or Affiliated Person of the Company  is 
     named as a selling shareholder.

     6.  WITHDRAWAL OF COMMON STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES.  Participants may 
withdraw, for resale or otherwise, at any time all or any portion of the 
whole shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, other securities of the 
Company held by this Plan for their benefit by providing written notification 
to the Company at its offices in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  Such notification 
shall specify the number of whole shares of Common Stock and other Company 
securities to be withdrawn from this Plan and shall be accompanied by payment 
of the cost of issuance by the Transfer Agent of the certificate or 
certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock and other Company 
securities.  Immediately following receipt of such notification, the Company 
or Plan Administrator shall notify the Broker-Dealer of the Participant's 
election to withdraw the shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, other 
Company securities set forth in the notice, and immediately as soon as 
practicable following the Broker-Dealer receiving such notification, the 
Broker-Dealer shall take appropriate action to cause issuance and delivery of 
the certificate or certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock or 
other securities.  The procedures for withdrawal of Common Stock and other 
Company securities from this Plan shall be established by the Plan 
Administrator, the Broker-Dealer and the Custodian setting forth the 
additional procedures to be followed by Participants electing to withdraw the 
Common Stock and, if applicable, other Company securities held by this Pool 
for their benefit.  This Plan will not sell or otherwise dispose of the 
Common Stock and other Company securities held for the benefit of the 
Participants.  Any Participant desiring to sell shares of Common Stock or 
other Company securities held for the benefit of such Participant must comply 
with the withdrawal procedures prior to such sale.  Each Participant shall be 
solely responsible for the costs and expenses, including without limitation 
any commissions, administrative fees, taxes or other costs incurred or 
payable in connection with the transfer, sale or other disposition of the 
shares of Common Stock and other Company securities formerly held for the 
benefit of such Participant.

     7.  TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION UNDER THE PLAN.

          7.1  VOLUNTARY CANCELLATION; OTHER TERMINATION.  A Participant's
     participation in this Plan shall immediately terminate if and when:

               (i) the Participant voluntarily elects to cancel its 
               participation in this Plan (such cancellation to be effective 
               as of the date of receipt by the Company of a properly 
               executed Termination Form evidencing such termination); or

               (ii) the Participant ceases to be eligible to participate in 
               the Plan by reason of the termination of the Participant as a 
               Distributor, the Participant's death (if an individual), 
               dissolution or liquidation, or otherwise.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

          Upon any termination of participation under this subsection (other 
     than by reason of a Participant's death), any funds contributed by the 
     Participant that remain in the Participant Account of such Participant 
     shall be paid to the Participant, without payment of interest thereon, 
     and any whole shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, other 
     securities of the Company held by this Plan for the benefit of the 
     Participant shall be delivered to the Participant as a withdrawal 
     pursuant to Section 6 hereof. Upon termination of participation by 
     reason of a Participant's death, any funds contributed by the 
     Participant that remain in the Participant Account of such Participant 
     shall be paid, without payment of interest thereon, and any shares of 
     Common Stock and, if applicable, other securities of the Company held by 
     this Plan for the benefit of the Participant shall be disbursed and 
     distributed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Plan.  
     Any fractional shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, other 
     securities of the Company to be delivered to a Participant upon 
     termination of participation shall be rounded to the next whole share if 
     such fraction is greater than .5 or, if less .5 or less, shall be 
     retained by this Plan. 

          7.2  PARTICIPATION FOLLOWING TERMINATION.  A Participant whose 
     participation in this Plan is terminated may, after a period of one (1) 
     month from the date participation is terminated, elect to again 
     participate in this Plan so long as the Participant continues to be an 
     Eligible Person and is otherwise eligible to do so, and completes and 
     delivers to the Company a new Stock Purchase Agreement.

     8.  NO ASSIGNMENT OF PLAN INTERESTS.  No rights of a Participant under 
this Plan, including without limitation the rights in and to the Participant 
Account of such Participant, are assignable by the Participant other than by 
will or operation of law.  Any attempt by a Participant or other person to 
assign, alienate, or create a security interest in or otherwise encumber, any 
of the Participant's interest under this Plan, or to subject the same to 
attachment, execution, garnishment or other legal or equitable process shall 
be void. 

     9.  RESPONSIBILITY OF THE COMPANY, PLAN ADMINISTRATOR, BROKER-DEALER AND 
CUSTODIAN.  Each of the Company, the Plan Administrator, member serving or 
having served on a committee serving as Plan Administrator, the Broker-Dealer 
and Custodian will not be responsible or liable for any act done in good 
faith or for any good faith act or omission to act, including, without 
limitation, the failure to terminate a Participant's participation in this 
Plan upon such Participant's death prior to receipt of notice in writing of 
such death, or any act or omission to act with respect to the prices at which 
the Common Stock was purchased or the times at which such purchases were made.

     10.  EXPENSES; REPORTS.

          10.1  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all 
     costs and expenses of administering the Plan, including the maintenance 
     of Participant Accounts, shall be paid or otherwise borne by the 
     Company.  The Company's incurrence and payment of such costs and 
     expenses shall not be deemed to be a contribution by the Company to any 
     Participant or to any Participant Account.

          10.2  PARTICIPANT REPORTS.  The Company or Plan Administrator, as 
     the case may be, shall provide each Participant semi-annual reports on 
     or about January 30 and July 30 of each year of number of shares of 
     Common Stock acquired and held for the Participant under this Plan. 

          10.3  PARTICIPANT EXPENSES FOLLOWING WITHDRAWAL.  Each Participant 
     shall be solely responsible for the payment of any and all costs and 
     expenses, including without limitation any commissions or taxes, payable 
     in connection with the withdrawal of any shares of Common Stock or, if 
     applicable, other securities of the Company formerly held for the 
     benefit of such Participant.

     11.  ADMINISTRATION.  This Plan will be administered by the Plan 
Administrator, which shall have all of the powers of the Board with respect 
to this Plan.  Any member of the committee appointed by the Board to serve as 
Plan Administrator may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by 
resolution of the Board and any vacancy occurring on such committee at any 
time or from time to time may be filled by appointment by the Board.  Any and 
all decisions or determinations of  such committee shall be made either (i) 
by a majority vote of the members of such committee at a meeting or (ii) 
without a meeting by the unanimous written approval of the members of such 
committee.  The Plan Administrator may, from time to time, adopt rules and 
regulations for carrying out the purposes of this Plan.  The determinations 
and interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan by the Plan 
Administrator shall be final and conclusive.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
the Board may (i) appoint a bank, trust company, registered broker-dealer or 
other appropriate entity to serve as Custodian, Broker-Dealer or agent for 
the Plan Administrator and 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

(ii) remove the Custodian, Broker-Dealer or agent for the Plan Administrator 
at any time.  The Custodian's duties shall include (i) establishment of the 
banking account of this Plan for deposit of Contributions, (ii) directing the 
Broker-Dealer to make purchases of Common Stock on behalf of the 
Participants, and (iii) establishing with the Plan Administrator and the 
Broker-Dealer the procedures for withdrawal of Common Stock and other Company 
securities from this Pool by Participants.  The Broker-Dealer's duties shall 
include (i) establishing and maintaining an account for this Plan, (ii) 
purchasing Common Stock on behalf of the Participants pursuant to directions 
of the Custodian, (iii) furnishing to the Plan Administrator (A) 
confirmations of each Common Stock purchase transaction by this Plan and (B) 
monthly or quarterly account statements, (iv) holding of the shares of Common 
Stock in its name or its nominee, (v) establishing with the Plan 
Administrator and the Custodian the procedures for withdrawal of Common Stock 
and other Company securities from this Pool by Participants.

     The Plan Administrator shall (i) maintain records of this Plan including 
the Participant Accounts, (ii) furnish to Participants the reports required 
by this Plan, (iii) direct the Custodian and/or Broker-Dealer with regard to 
its duties under this Plan, but shall do so through a written agreement, (iv) 
employ accountants, legal counsel and other agents to assist in the 
performance of its duties under this Plan.  All reasonable expenses of the 
Plan Administrator in connection with its administration of the Plan shall be 
borne by the Company unless otherwise provided in this Plan; provided, 
however, the Company shall be entitled to receive the Annual Service Fees and 
the Transaction Fees payable from Contributions.

     12.   TRANSFER OF SHARES TO PARTICIPANTS.  As a condition to the 
purchase of any Common Stock for the benefit of, or the transfer of any 
shares of Common Stock to a Participant pursuant to this Plan, the Plan 
Administrator may require such agreements or undertakings, if any, as the 
Plan Administrator may deem necessary or advisable to assure compliance with 
any law or regulation, including, but not limited to a representation, 
warranty and/or agreement to be bound by any legends that are, in the opinion 
of the Plan Administrator, necessary or appropriate to comply with the 
provisions of any securities law deemed by the Plan Administrator to be 
applicable to the Participants' acquisition of such Common Stock or other 
securities of the Company and are endorsed upon the certificates therefore. 

     13.  INDEMNIFICATION.  

          13.1  GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION.  The Company shall indemnify and 
     hold harmless any person serving or that served as Plan Administrator 
     (or member of any committee serving as Plan Administrator) or Custodian 
     (the "Indemnified Party") to the maximum extent possible under the laws 
     of the State of Oklahoma, the common law or otherwise, against any and 
     all liabilities, claims, judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement 
     and expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred 
     by the Indemnified Party in connection with any claim or any threatened, 
     pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, 
     criminal, administrative or investigative (including any action by or in 
     the right of this Plan) to which the Indemnified Party is, was or at any 
     time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of 
     the fact that the Indemnified Party is, was or at any time served as 
     Plan Administrator (or member of any committee serving as Plan 
     Administrator) or Custodian of this Plan.

          13.2  INDEMNIFICATION LIMITATION.  No indemnity pursuant to this 
     Section 13 shall be paid to the Indemnified Party (i) on account of the 
     Indemnified Party's conduct which is finally adjudged to have been 
     knowingly fraudulent, deliberately dishonest or willful misconduct, (ii) 
     if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall 
     have determined that such indemnification is not lawful, or (iii) on 
     account of any knowing and willful breach of the Indemnified Party's 
     fiduciary duty to the Participants resulting in financial injury to the 
     Participants.

          13.3  EFFECTIVE PERIOD.  The provisions of this Section 13 shall 
     continue during the period the Indemnified party serves as Plan 
     Administrator (or member of any committee serving as Plan Administrator) 
     or Custodian and thereafter so long as the Indemnified Party shall be 
     subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed 
     action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal or investigative, 
     by reason of the fact that the Indemnified Party served as Plan 
     Administrator (or member of any committee serving as Plan Administrator) 
     or Custodian.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

          13.4  NOTIFICATION.  Within 30 days after receipt by the 
     Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or 
     proceeding in which the Indemnified Party has a right to indemnification 
     pursuant to this Section 13, the Indemnified Party shall notify the 
     Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission to notify by the 
     Indemnified Party shall not relieve the Company from any liability which 
     the Company may have to the Indemnified Party otherwise than under this 
     Section 13 or otherwise. With respect to any such action, suit or 
     proceeding as to which the Indemnified Party notifies the Company of the 
     commencement thereof:

               (i) the Company shall be entitled to participate therein at its
          own expense; and 

               (ii) Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it 
          may wish, the Company shall be entitled to assume defense thereof, 
          with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party.  After notice 
          from the Company of its election to assume the defense thereof, the 
          Company will not be liable to the Indemnified Party under this 
          Section 13 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by 
          the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other 
          than costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.  The 
          Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ his own counsel in 
          such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the fees 
          and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company 
          of the assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of 
          the Indemnified Party, unless (a) the employment of counsel by the 
          Indemnified Party has been authorized by the Company or the 
          Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be 
          a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnified 
          Party in the conduct of the defense of such action, or (b) the 
          Company shall not have employed counsel to assume the defense of 
          such action, in each of which cases the fees and expense of counsel 
          shall be at the expense of the Company.  The Company shall not be 
          entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding 
          brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which the 
          Indemnified Party shall have made the conclusion provided for in 
          (a) above.

               (iii) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the 
          Indemnified Party under this Section 13 for any amount paid in 
          settlement of any action or claim effected without the Company's 
          consent.  The Company shall not settle any action or claim in any 
          manner which would impose any obligation, penalty or limitation on 
          the Indemnified Party without the Indemnified Party's written 
          consent. Neither the Company nor the Indemnified Party shall 
          unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

          13.5  OBLIGATION OF INDEMNIFICATION REIMBURSEMENT.  The Indemnified 
     Party shall reimburse the Company for all reasonable expenses paid by 
     the Company in defending any civil or criminal action, suit or 
     proceeding against the Indemnified Party in the event and only to the 
     extent that it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Party 
     is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such expenses under 
     this Section 13 or under applicable law.

          13.6  RELIANCE UPON INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS.  It is hereby 
     acknowledged that the provisions of this Section 13 are contained in 
     this Plan to induce the Indemnified Party to act and serve as Plan 
     Administrator (or member of any committee serving as Plan Administrator) 
     or Custodian and that the Indemnified Party's agreement to serve as Plan 
     Administrator (or member of any committee serving as Plan Administrator) 
     or Custodian of this Plan is, in part, in reliance upon the provisions 
     of this Section 13.  In the event the Indemnified Party is required to 
     bring any action to enforce the Indemnified Party's right to collect 
     moneys due under this Section 13 and is successful in such action, the 
     Company shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for all of the Indemnified 
     Party's attorneys fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such action.

     14.  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERMINATION; MODIFICATION.

          14.1  EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN.  The effective date of this 
     Plan is February 27, 1998.  The Plan will terminate on February 27, 
     2008, the tenth (10th) anniversary of the effective date thereof, unless 

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     earlier terminated in accordance with the following paragraph.  No 
     shares of Common Stock may be purchased pursuant to this Plan subsequent 
     to its termination.

          14.2  AMENDMENT.  The Board may at any time and from time to time 
     amend, modify, extend, suspend or terminate this Plan at its sole and 
     exclusive discretion.  Notice of any amendment, modification, extension, 
     suspension, or termination of this Plan will be sent to all Participants.

          14.3  TERMINATION.  Promptly after any termination of this Plan, 
     each Participant will receive any funds contributed by such Participant 
     that remain in this Plan, and the shares of Common Stock and, if 
     applicable, other securities of the Company credited to and held for the 
     benefit of such Participant as of the date of termination without 
     interest thereon and subject to the additional terms and conditions of 
     this Plan.  Any fractional shares of Common Stock and, if applicable, 
     other securities of the Company to be delivered to a Participant upon 
     termination of this Plan, shall be rounded to the next whole share if 
     such fraction is greater than .5 or, if .5 or less shall be retained by 
     this Plan.

          15.  INTERPRETATION.  If any provision of this Plan should be held 
     invalid or illegal for any reason, such determination shall not affect 
     the remaining provisions hereof,  but instead the provisions of this 
     Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had never been 
     included in this Plan.  This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the 
     State of Oklahoma, United States of America.  Headings contained in this 
     Plan are for convenience only and shall in no manner be construed as 
     part of the Plan.  Any reference to the singular or plural number, or to 
     the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall be a reference to such 
     other number or gender, as the case may be, as is appropriate.

     ADOPTED BY RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, EFFECTIVE THE 27TH DAY OF
FEBRUARY 1998.

                                   /S/ ROGER P. BARESEL                      
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Roger P. Baresel, Secretary

                                      -9-


<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 5.1


                                     [LETTERHEAD]




                                    March 9, 1998

Board of Directors
Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc.
2601 Northwest Expressway, Suite 1210W
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73112

Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc., an Oklahoma
corporation (the "Company"), in conjunction with the offering of an aggregate of
5,000,000 participation interests (the "Participation Interests"). 

     The offering of the Participation Interests is more fully described in that
certain Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (No. 333-        ), filed by the
Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
and all amendments thereto the Registration Statement as filed with the such
Initial Registration Statement was amended by Amendment No. 1 as filed with the
Commission on August 26, 1996 ("Amendment No. 1"), Amendment No. 2 as filed with
the Commission on September 18, 1996 ("Amendment No. 2"), Amendment No. 3 as
filed with the Commission on  November 1, 1996 ("Amendment No. 3"), and
Amendment No. 4 as filed with the Commission on November 13, 1996 ("Amendment
No. 4") (the "Registration Statement"), and the Prospectus in the form as to be
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) of the rules and
regulations of the Commission under the Act (the "Prospectus").

     For purposes of this opinion, we have made such investigations as we deem
necessary or appropriate and have reviewed and considered, among other
certificates, documents and materials, the following:  

     (a)  The Certificate of Transcript issued by the Secretary of State of the
          State of Oklahoma certifying that the copy of Certificate of
          Incorporation of the Company attached thereto is a full, true and
          correct copy;

     (b)  The Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Secretary of State of
          the State of Oklahoma certifying that the Company is duly organized
          and existing under and by virtue of the Law of the State of Oklahoma
          and is in good standing according to the records of its office;

     (c)  A copy of the Bylaws, as amended and restated, of the Company as
          certified by the Secretary of the Company;

     (d)  A copy of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the
          Company on February 27, 1998, certified by the Secretary of the
          Company;

     (e)  The manually signed Registration Statement and all amendments thereto
          and the Prospectus;  

     (f)  The letter, addressed to the Company from the Commission, confirming
          that the Registration Statement became effective; 

     (g)  A copy of the Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. 1998 Distributor Stock
          Purchase Plan (the "Plan"); 

     (h)  The Certificate of Officers and Directors of the Company dated as of
          the date of the closing of the offering, delivered to this firm;

     (i)  The Officer's Certificate of the Company dated as of the date of the
          closing of the offering, delivered to this firm; and

     (j)  The Secretary's Certificate of the Company dated as of the date of
          closing of the offering.

                                       1

<PAGE>

     In conducting our examination we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals
and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as
certified copies.  Based upon our examination and consideration of the foregoing
and upon our examination and consideration of such other documents,
certificates, records, matters and things as we have deemed necessary for the
purposes hereof, we are of the opinion as of the date hereof that:  

     1.   The Company will be duly organized and existing under the laws of the
          State of Oklahoma;

     2.   All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the
          Company will have been legally issued, will be fully paid and will not
          be liable to further call or assessment;

     3.   The 5,000,000 Participation Interests to be sold by the Company to the
          participants in the Plan against payment therefore in accordance with
          the Plan, will be legally issued, fully paid and will not be liable
          for further call or assessment;

     In arriving at the foregoing opinion, we have relied, among other things,
upon the examination of the corporate records of the Company and certificates of
officers and directors of the Company and of public officials.  We hereby
consent to the use of this opinion in the Registration Statement and all
amendments thereto, and to the reference to our firm name under the caption
"Legal Matters" of the Prospectus which is included as a part of the
Registration Statement.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             DUNN SWAN & CUNNINGHAM

<PAGE>


                                     EXHIBIT 23.1

                           INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Advantage Marketing 
Systems, Inc. on Form SB-2 of our reports dated April 4, 1997 on the 
consolidated financial statements of Advantage Marketing Systems, Inc. and 
dated April 11, 1997  on the combined financial statements of Stay 'N Shape 
International, Inc., Now International, Inc., Solution Products, Inc. and 
Nation of Winners, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this 
Registration Statement.

We also consent to the references to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Prospectus.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


Oklahoma City, Oklahoma,
March 11, 1998


<PAGE>
                                     EXHIBIT 23.2


                                  CONSENT OF COUNSEL

     Dunn Swan & Cunningham, A Professional Corporation, hereby consents to the
use of its name under the heading "Legal Matters" in the Prospectuses
constituting part of this Registration Statement.


                                        DUNN SWAN & CUNNINGHAM
                                        A Professional Corporation

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
March 10, 1998


<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 24.1

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that John W. Hail constitutes and
appoints Roger P. Baresel his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with
all power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or
all amendments to thereto, including post-effective amendments thereto, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto same
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated March 6, 1998                      /S/ JOHN W. HAIL          
                                        -------------------------------------
                                            John W. Hail



<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 24.2

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Curtis H. Wilson, Sr. constitutes
and appoints John W. Hail and Roger P. Baresel, and each of them, his true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with all power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or all amendments to
thereto, including post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto same attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated March 6, 1998                       /S/ CURTIS H. WILSON, SR.
                                        -------------------------------------
                                              Curtis H. Wilson, Sr.



<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 24.3

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Roger P. Baresel constitutes and
appoints John W. Hail his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with all
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or
all amendments to thereto, including post-effective amendments thereto, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto same
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated March 6, 1998                      /S/ ROGER P. BARESEL      
                                        -------------------------------------
                                             Roger P. Baresel



<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 24.4

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that R. Terren Dunlap constitutes and
appoints John W. Hail and Roger P. Baresel, and each of them, his true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with all power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or all amendments to
thereto, including post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto same attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated March 6, 1998                      /S/ R. TERREN DUNLAP        
                                        -------------------------------------
                                             R. Terren Dunlap



<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 24.5

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Harland C. Stonecipher
constitutes and appoints John W. Hail and Roger P. Baresel, and each of them,
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with all power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any or all amendments to
thereto, including post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto same attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated March 6, 1998                      /S/ HARLAND C. STONECIPHER        
                                        -------------------------------------
                                             Harland C. Stonecipher





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission